Quarterlytics / Riversgold Limited

Riversgold Limited

rgl · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker rgl
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry
Employees 1-10
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Riversgold Limited
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

THE REGIONAL OFFICE REIT 
DELIVERING A HIGH INCOME

ISA, SSAS and SIPP Status
The Company’s Shares should be eligible to be held in an 
Individual Savings Account (“ISA”).

Subject to the rules of the trustees of the relevant scheme, 
the Ordinary Shares should generally be eligible for 
inclusion in a small self-administered scheme (“SSAS”) or 
self-invested personal pension (“SIPP”) provided: (a) no 
member of the SSAS or SIPP (or person connected with 
such a member) occupies or uses any residential property 
held by the Group; and (b) the SSAS or SIPP, alone or 
together with one or more associated persons, does 
not directly or indirectly hold 10% or more of any of the 
Ordinary Shares, voting rights in the Company, rights to 
income of the Company, rights to amounts on a distribution 
of the Company or rights to assets on a winding up of the 
Company.

WHAT IS A REIT?

A real estate investment trust (“REIT”) is a specialist  
tax-efficient investment vehicle built around real property 
assets, specifically property rental/letting activities. REITs 
are quoted companies, or groups of companies, that 
own and manage property with the aim of generating a 
rental income. The rental income, after costs, is paid to 
Shareholders as a dividend distribution so that, over time, 
dividends will represent a significant proportion of the 
Shareholders’ total return. REITs are a well-established and 
globally recognised holding structure for property assets.

UK REITs are exempt from UK corporation tax on profits 
and gains of their qualifying property rental business. 
However, in consequence, UK REITs are required to 
distribute a minimum of 90% of their qualifying profits 
to Shareholders as dividends (known as property income 
distributions or “PIDs”). As Shareholders receive higher  
pay-outs than they would if the REIT were subject to 
UK corporation tax on its property profits and gains, 
Shareholders are thus required to pay tax on the PIDs. 
The effect, in general terms, is that taxation is moved from 
the REIT to the investor and the investor is then liable for 
taxation as if they owned the property directly.

Regional REIT and its subsidiaries are a UK REIT group 
under UK tax legislation, having elected to enter the REIT 
regime with effect from 7 November 2015. Remaining 
in the regime is subject to meeting various conditions 
imposed by legislation.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS 
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022
Income focused – opportunistic buying and strategic selling,  
coupled with intensive asset management, continues to secure 
long-term income.

Portfolio 
Valuation

£789.5 million 
(2021: £906.1 million)

CONTENTS

OVERVIEW
About Us 
Operational Highlights 
Performance Highlights 
At a Glance 
A year in review 

3
4
4
5
7

IFRS NAV per 
Share 

EPRA* NTA per 
Share 

EPRA* earnings 
per Share

Dividend Per 
Share

Net Loan to 
Value Ratio**

Weighted 
Average Cost of 
Debt**

Weighted 
Average Debt 
Duration**

78.1p  
(2021: 97.4p)

73.5p 
(2021: 97.2p)

6.6p 
(2021: 6.6p)

6.6p 
(2021: 6.5p)

49.5% 
(2021: 42.4%)

3.5% 
(2021: 3.3%)

4.5 yrs 
(2021: 5.5 yrs)

EPRA
The EPRA’s mission is to promote, develop and represent the 
European public real estate sector. As an EPRA member, we fully 
support the EPRA Best Practices Recommendations. Specific EPRA 
metrics can be found in the Company’s financial and operational 
highlights, with further disclosures and supporting calculations on 
pages 165 to 169.

* The European Public Real Estate Association (EPRA) 

**  Alternative Performance Measures. Details are provided in the Glossary of Terms on  

pages 170 to 172 and the EPRA Performance Measures on pages 165 to 169.

STRATEGIC REPORT
Chairman’s Statement 
 12
Investment Strategy and Business Model  17
24
Asset and Investment Managers’ Report 
36
Property Portfolio 
44
Financial Review 
49
Principal Risks and Uncertainties  
60
Going Concern and Viability Statement  
61
Sustainability Report 
79
Section 172 Statement 
82
Management Arrangements 
84
Other information 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Board of Directors 
Report of the Directors 
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 
Corporate Governance Statement 
Audit Committee Report 
Nomination Committee Report 
Management Engagement and  
Remuneration Committee Report 
Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Independent Auditor’s Report 
Appendix: Auditor’s responsibilities for 
the audit of the financial Statements 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income 
Consolidated Statement of  
Financial Position 
Consolidated Statement of  
Changes in Equity 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows  
Notes to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
EPRA Performance Measures 
Notes to the Calculation of EPRA  
Performance Measures 
Property Related Capital  
Expenditure Analysis 
Other Performance Measures 
Glossary of Terms 
AIFMD Disclosures 
Company Information 
Forthcoming Events 
Shareholder Information 
Dividend History 

87
89
95
97
107
111

113
115
117

122

125

126

127
128

129

165

166

169
169
170
173
174
175
175
176

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022OVERVIEW
About Us 

Operational Highlights 

Performance Highlights 

At a Glance 

A year in review 

3

4

4

5

7

1

HIGH DIVIDEND 
DISTRIBUTION REIT, 
OFFERING EXPOSURE 
TO THE REGIONAL 
OFFICE SECTOR.

EXPERIENCED ASSET 
MANAGER FOCUSED ON 
ACTIVE MANAGEMENT.

2

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022ABOUT US
Regional REIT Limited (“Regional REIT” or the “Company”) and its subsidiaries1 (the “Group”) is a United Kingdom (“UK”) 
based real estate investment trust that launched in November 2015. It is managed by London & Scottish Property 
Investment Management Limited, the Asset Manager, and Toscafund Asset Management LLP (“Toscafund”), the 
Investment Manager (together the “Managers”). 

Regional REIT’s commercial property portfolio is predominately comprised of offices located in UK regional centres 
outside of the M25 motorway. The portfolio is geographically diversified, with 154 properties, 1,552 units and 1,076 
tenants as at 31 December 2022, with a valuation of £789.5 million.

Regional REIT pursues its investment objective by investing in, actively managing and disposing of regional Core 
Property and Core Plus Property assets. It aims to deliver an attractive total return to its Shareholders, targeting greater 
than 10% per annum (“pa”), with a strong focus on income supported by additional capital growth prospects.

For more information, visit the Group’s website: www.regionalreit.com.

1  Regional REIT Limited is the parent Company of a number of subsidiaries which together comprise a group within the definition of The Companies (Guernsey) Law 2008, as 
amended (the “Law”) and the International Financial Reporting Standard (“IFRS”) 10, ‘Consolidated Financial Statements’, as issued by the International Accounting Stand-
ards Board (“IASB”) and as adopted by the United Kingdom (“UK”). Unless otherwise stated, the text of this Annual Report does not distinguish between the activities of the 
Company and those of its subsidiaries.

Our Purpose 
The purpose of the Company is to deliver long-term capital returns for Shareholders with income 
generated from investment in UK offices predominately outside of the M25 motorway. To us this 
means being a responsible owner of offices that offer occupiers vibrant spaces in which they can 
grow their businesses. 

Our Values
•  Transparency 

We are professional, transparent and committed to doing what is best for all parties.

•  Integrity 

We act with integrity and honesty in all that we do. We will be truthful, even if it means delivering 
difficult messages.

•  Collaboration 

We openly collaborate and always seek to build positive long-term relationships grounded in 
cooperation that benefit all parties.

•  Adapt and evolve 

We are a forward-thinking business that seeks to continually advance strategically, challenge 
assumptions, adapt and make a positive difference that benefits all parties.

Our Culture 
As the Company has no employees and acts through its service providers, its culture is represented by 
the Company’s values and behaviour of the Board in its engagement with the third parties to which it 
delegates functions and its stakeholders. The Board is responsible for embedding the Company’s culture 
in the Company’s operations.

For more details on the Company’s values, culture and strategy, please refer to pages 84 and  
17 to 22, respectively. 

33

OPERATIONAL 
HIGHLIGHTS YEAR ENDED 
31 DECEMBER 2022

Deliberately diversified and strengthened 
portfolio by location and tenant – regions 
primed for growth. 

PROPERTY LOCATIONS AS AT 
31 DECEMBER 2022

154 Properties

1,552 Units

1,076 Tenants

£71.8 million Rent Roll

Portfolio by region and 
sector (by value)

83.3% England & Wales
91.8% Office

£74.7 million Property  
acquisitions  
(before costs)
6 properties

£84.1 million Property 
disposal proceeds (net 
of costs)

20 properties

83.4% EPRA Occupancy  
by ERV*

4.7 yrs WAULT to expiry
3.0 yrs WAULT to first 
break

Office

Retail

Industrial

Other

PERFORMANCE HIGHLIGHTS 
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022
The high dividend distributions are a major component of the 
total return.

Dividends declared per share 

e
c
n
e
p

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

1.00

2015

7.65

7.85

8.05

8.25

6.40

6.50

6.60

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

Total EPRA Return (from IPO) (EPRA NTA and dividend declared)

150

140

130

120

110

100

95

e
r
a
h
s

r
e
p
e
c
n
e
P

100.0

IPO
Nov 2015

142.9

137.5

136.3

141.2

124.2

119.9

113.2

107.8

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

24.2%
EPRA Total Return attributable to 
Shareholders since Admission^

3.1%
EPRA Annual Total Return 
attributable to Shareholders

*  Alternative Performance Measures. Details are provided in the 

Glossary of Terms on pages 170 to 172 and the EPRA Performance 
Measures on pages 165 to 168.

^ Admission: 6 November 2015.  
Member of FTSE All-Share Index since March 2016. 
Member of FTSE EPRA NAREIT UK Index since June 2016. 
Terms are defined in the Glossary of Terms on pages 170 to 172.

4

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022 
 
AT A GLANCE

EPRA-Eps-Adj* diluted (pence) 
(excluding performance fee)

EPRA Occupancy*
(%)

Net Rental and Property Income 
(£m)

6.6p +0%

83.4% +2%

£62.6m +12%

2022

2021

2020

WADD* 
(years)

6.6

6.6

6.5

2022

2021

2020

83.4

81.8

89.4

Net LTV* 
(%)

62.6

55.8

53.3

2022

2021

2020

WACD* 
(%)

4.5yrs (18%)

49.5% +17%

3.5% +6%

4.5

2022

2021

2020

5.5

6.4

2022

2021

2020

49.5

42.4

40.8

2022

2021

2020

3.5

3.3

3.3

EPRA NTA - Diluted* 
(pps)

73.5p (24%)

73.5

2022

2021

2020

IFRS Nav - Diluted
(pps)

78.1p (20%)
2022

78.1

97.2

98.6

2021

2020

97.4

97.5

Investment Properties Value
(£m)

£789.5m (13%)

2022

2021

2020

732.4

789.5

906.1

* Alternative Performance Measures. Details and terms are provided in the Glossary of Terms on pages 170 to 172 and the EPRA Performance Measures on pages 165 to 168. 

Orbis 1, 2 & 3, Pride Park, Derby

5

Number of Properties

Tenants

Units

154 (8%)

1,076 (0%)

1,552 +3%

2022

2021

2020

154

168

2022

2021

1,076

1,077

153

2020

898

2022

2021

2020

1,552

1,511

1,245

Rent Roll
(£m)

£71.8m (0%)

WAULT to first break
(years)

3yrs +0%

2022

2021

2020

71.8

72.1

64.2

2022

2021

2020

3.0

3.0

3.2

Average rent* (per square foot)
(£)

£13.65 +7%
2022

2021

2020

10.44

13.65

12.75

EPRA Dividend Cover
(%)

100% (2%)
2022

2021

2020

Dividend per Share
(pps)

6.6p +2%

Average Property Value
(£m)

£5.1m (6%)

100

102

102

2022

2021

2020

6.6

6.5

6.4

2022

2021

2020

5.1

5.4

4.8

* Alternative Performance Measures. Details and terms are provided in the Glossary of Terms on pages 170 to 172 and the EPRA Performance Measures on pages 165 to 168. 

Linford Wood Business Park, Milton Keynes

6

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022A YEAR IN REVIEW

7

30 Jun1591,5171,086£918.2m£72.0m83.8%43.2%30 Sep1561,5561,042£914.9m£72.2m84.6%43.1%31 Dec 20211681,5111,077£906.1m£72.1m 81.8%42.4%31 Mar1601,4381,035£874.0m£68.5m81.6%40.3%31 Dec 20221541,5521,076£789.5m£71.8m83.4%49.5%PORTFOLIOProperties:Units:Tenants:Valuation:Rent roll (per annum):EPRA occupancy (by ERV):LTV:CASH/DEBT/EQUITYCash balance:Gross borrowings:DIVIDENDSAmount:Period:24 Aug1.65pQ2 202230 Sep£48.4m£442.7m10 Nov1.65pQ3 202224 Feb1.70pQ4 202125 May1.65pQ1 202231 Mar£82.3m£434.1m30 Jun£46.2m£442.9m31 Dec 2022£50.1m£440.8m31 Dec 2021£56.1m£439.9m20228

30 Jun1591,5171,086£918.2m£72.0m83.8%43.2%30 Sep1561,5561,042£914.9m£72.2m84.6%43.1%31 Dec 20211681,5111,077£906.1m£72.1m 81.8%42.4%31 Mar1601,4381,035£874.0m£68.5m81.6%40.3%31 Dec 20221541,5521,076£789.5m£71.8m83.4%49.5%PORTFOLIOProperties:Units:Tenants:Valuation:Rent roll (per annum):EPRA occupancy (by ERV):LTV:CASH/DEBT/EQUITYCash balance:Gross borrowings:DIVIDENDSAmount:Period:24 Aug1.65pQ2 202230 Sep£48.4m£442.7m10 Nov1.65pQ3 202224 Feb1.70pQ4 202125 May1.65pQ1 202231 Mar£82.3m£434.1m30 Jun£46.2m£442.9m31 Dec 2022£50.1m£440.8m31 Dec 2021£56.1m£439.9m2022ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022STRATEGIC REPORT
Chairman’s Statement 

Investment Strategy and Business Model 

Asset and Investment Managers’ Report 

Property Portfolio 

Financial Review 

Principal Risks and Uncertainties  

Going Concern and Viability Statement  

Sustainability Report 

Section 172 Statement 

Management Arrangements 

Other information 

 12

17

24

36

44

49

60

61

79

82

84

9

10

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022“Despite the challenging macroeconomic backdrop 
impacting valuations across all sectors of commercial 
real estate, Regional REIT achieved a good operational 
performance throughout 2022. Rent collections 
normalised and our market fundamentals remained 
robust allowing for an increase in the quarterly dividend 
distribution for 2022.

Our unique sector leading asset and property 
management teams continued to manage the portfolio 
with a hands-on approach, providing our customers with 
vibrant spaces within which they can thrive and grow.”
Kevin McGrath
Chairman

Templeton on the Green, Glasgow

11

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT

Kevin McGrath
Chairman

Overview
I am pleased to report the Group performed operationally well during a 
difficult year, driving forward the EPRA* earnings per share to 6.6p and 
increasing the dividend per share to 6.6p. The lifting of the Government 
restrictions across the UK in the early part of 2022 witnessed the return 
to the office, the normalisation of rent collection and increased space 
enquiries resulting in increased active occupancy across the portfolio.

We continued to work closely with our occupiers providing vibrant spaces 
within which they can grow their businesses, increasing our diversification 
by occupier profile, whilst enhancing our Environmental, Social and 
Governance (“ESG”) credentials.

Following the tightening of the monetary policy implemented in 2022, real 
estate values across most sectors were impacted. Our portfolio has not 
been immune with the value decreasing by 12.9% to £789.5 million; after 
adjusting for acquisitions, disposals and capital expenditure, reflected a 
decrease of 12.1% on a like-for-like basis. However, it has been resilient 
versus a decline of 17.3% for the MSCI Rest of UK Offices Index. During 
2022, we continued to drive forward our strategy of being the regional 
office specialist of choice, with the disposal of non-core assets amounting 
to £84.1 million (net of costs) and net initial yields of 4.9%. The proceeds 
have been promptly recycled into acquiring higher yielding properties 
of superior quality, amounting to £74.7 million before costs and 
reflecting net initial yields of 8.4%. Market conditions continue to present 
opportunities with the aforementioned disposals and acquisitions adding 
a net £1.6 million to the rent roll. The assets acquired are located in areas 
identified as places of regional growth. The rolling capital expenditure 
programme amounted to £10.0 million.

*   Alternative Performance Measures. Details are provided in the Glossary of Terms 
on pages 170 to 172 and the EPRA Performance Measures on pages 165 to 168.

12

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT 
CONTINUED

11.2% Attractive Dividend Yield at  
31 December

Timely capital recycling continued to underpin our 
defensive strategy of focusing upon opportunities to de-risk 
our offering both by geographical and tenant spread.

Rent collection remained strong throughout 2022. 
Currently, rent collection for the period to 17 March 2023 
amounts to 98.7%** (2021: equivalent period 97.7%) and 
resulted in EPRA basic and diluted earnings of 6.6 pence 
per share (“pps”) (2021: 6.6pps). IFRS basic and diluted loss 
per share were (12.6pps) (2021: gain 6.3pps). The dividend 
was covered by EPRA earnings.

6.6pps 2022 Dividend  
(2021: 6.5pps)

£200 million of dividends have 
been declared since inception

£789.5 million Portfolio Valuation

13

Endeavour House, Sunderland

Financial Resources
The Company continued to be in a financially 
robust position with an EPRA NTA of £379.2 million 
(31 December 2021: £501.4 million) and a cash balance of 
£50.1 million as at 31 December 2022 (31 December 2021: 
£56.1 million), of which £37.8 million is unrestricted 
(31 December 2021: £49.9 million). 

One of the Company’s key achievements has been its 
defensive debt positioning which aims to mitigate rate 
volatility. The borrowings comprise of 56.9% of fixed 
rate debt, with the balance being swapped or capped. 
This proactive and defensive approach ensured that 
the weighted average cost of debt increased only 
marginally to 3.5% at 31 December 2022 from 3.3% at 
31 December 2021.

Furthermore, the simple and flexible debt profile with 
strong lender relationships continued to ensure that the 
Company is well positioned for any further economic 
turbulence. These attributes remain evident going forward 
with no requirement to refinance until August 2024. 

Following this active period of capital recycling, the net 
borrowings Net Loan-to-Value (LTV) at 31 December 2022 
amounted to 49.5% (31 December 2021: 42.4%). The 
programme of asset management initiatives continues to 
be executed to ensure the LTV reverts to our long-term 
target of c. 40%. 

Our debt facilities have ample headroom against their 
respective covenants and the Company is in a robust 
position from a debt perspective.

**   As at 17 March 2023, rent collections to 31 December 2022 amounted to 98.7%; 

actual rent collected 98.7%, monthly rents 0.0% and deals agreed of 0.0%.

Sustainability
We have continued to devote significant resources to 
further integrate sustainability within our business model. 
Particularly noteworthy in this regard is the appointment 
of Massy Larizadeh as a non-executive Director of the 
Company in June 2022 who will lead the Board's efforts in 
relation to ESG.

We were pleased to increase our Global Real Estate 
Sustainability Benchmark (GRESB) from 52 to 60, and to 
be awarded an inaugural bronze for EPRA sustainability 
disclosures. During 2022, with the assistance of our 
external advisors, we have made good progress on our 
individual properties’ Net Zero Carbon (NZC) surveys. Once 
the surveys have been completed, we will announce NZC 
pathway and targets.

During the year the team benefitted from training regarding 
sustainability matters provided by external consultants.

Market Environment
Investment in the UK commercial property market reached 
£54.1 billion in 2022, according to research by Lambert 
Smith Hampton (“LSH”)1, although this was 5.0% below the 
volumes recorded in 2021, it was 3.0% above the five-year 
average and 9.7% above pre-COVID-19 levels in 2019.

Savills research highlights that regional office investment 
in the second half of 2022 was muted at £1.5 billion. This 
brought the total regional office investment in 2022, 26.9% 
below the five-year average. Savills anticipate that regional 
office investment will remain subdued in short-term. 
However, some research suggests that confidence is now 
building among overseas investors as capital values fall and 
the occupational market remains robust.

According to MSCI, average rents in the regional office 
market (outside of London and the South East) increased by 
1.5% in 2022.

In addition, the Company has joined the UK Green Building 
Council and the Better Building Partnership.

More details can be found in the Asset Manager’s Report on 
pages 24 to 35.

Manchester Green, Manchester

Dividends
The dividend is the major component of Total Shareholder 
Returns. Over the period under review, the Company 
declared total dividends of 6.6pps (2021: 6.5pps), 
comprising four quarterly dividends of 1.65pps. This 
represents a yield of 11.2%, at a share price of 59.0p as 
at 31 December 2022. Since inception, the Company has 
declared dividends amounting to 52.3pps and to date the 
Company has distributed c.£200 million in dividends.

It should be highlighted that looking ahead there is a 
clear aspiration by the Board to maintain its record 
of uninterrupted quarterly dividend payments. This is 
predicated on the strength of the Company’s balance 
sheet and the strong rent collections received throughout 
the year.

Performance
For the year under review, the Company’s Total 
Shareholder Return was -31.3%, versus the return of 
-31.9% for the FTSE EPRA NAREIT UK Total Return Index 
over the same period.

Since listing on 6 November 2015, the Company’s EPRA 
Total Return was 24.2% and the annualised EPRA Total 
Return was 3.1%. Total Shareholder Return was 1.4%, 
compared to the FTSE EPRA NAREIT UK Total Return 
Index, which has generated a return of -16.9% over the 
same period.

1 Lambert Smith Hampton, UKIT Q4 2022

14

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT 
CONTINUED

Management Agreements
Following a review by the Management Engagement 
and Remuneration Committee (the “MERC”) and having 
sought advice from Peel Hunt LLP, the Company’s 
Financial Adviser and Broker, the Company and the 
Asset and Investment Managers agreed to amend the 
terms of the annual management fees charged, by 
reducing their fees to: (i) 1.1% of the EPRA NTA up to 
and equal to £500,000,000; (ii) 0.9% of EPRA NTA above 
£500,000,000 and up to or equal to £1,000,000,000; (iii) 
0.7% of EPRA NTA above £1,000,000,000 and up to or 
equal to £1,500,000,000; and (iv) 0.5% of EPRA NTA above 
£1,500,000,000.

In addition, the management agreements between the 
Company and the Asset and Investment Manager had a 
three-year term to November 2023. In view of the resilient 
returns of the Company, the significant increase in its size 
and there being less than one year to expiry of the current 
agreements, the Board sought to secure the services of 
the Managers. In doing so, the Committee conducted 
a review to ensure that the terms of these agreements 
remained appropriate. The Committee sought advice 
from Peel Hunt LLP and Macfarlanes LLP, the Company’s 
Legal Adviser. Following this review, which included 
comparisons of Shareholder returns against those of 
its peer group and consideration of the interests of the 
Company, the Company and the Managers each agreed to 
waive their right to issue a termination notice on or before 
3 November 2022 and the management agreements will 
now continue in force until 3 November 2026.

Annual General Meeting
The Company plans to hold its 2023 Annual General 
Meeting (“AGM”) in person on Wednesday, 25 May 
2023. The notice for the 2023 AGM will be published 
on our website and will be circulated to Shareholders 
in accordance with the requirements of the Company’s 
Articles of Incorporation.

Mr Bee and Mr Eason will not stand for annual re-election 
at the forthcoming AGM by reason of re-location overseas 
and ill health, respectively. The Board thanks Mr Bee 
and Mr Eason for their invaluable commitment to the 
Company and wishes them well for the future.

Mr Taylor will assume the role of Senior Independent 
Director and Ms Larizadeh will become Chair of both the 
Nomination Committee and the Management Engagement 
and Remuneration Committee.

The Board does not intend to appoint new Directors 
in the short-term and will incorporate discussions to 
ensure an orderly refreshment of the Board in its current 
succession planning.

The Board very much looks forward to meeting with 
Shareholders at the AGM.

15

Shareholder and Stakeholder 
Engagement
Ultimately, the experience of our tenants and other 
stakeholders will influence our performance. Our aim is 
to continue to offer great working environments, from a 
small flexible unit to a landmark corporate headquarters, 
allowing our tenants to thrive.

Direct engagement with our tenants is an important 
part of our asset management initiatives, to help us 
understand their needs and identify opportunities and 
challenges. We encourage our tenants to work openly 
and collaboratively with us to enable us to continually 
improve our workspaces and deliver mutual benefit. 
Likewise, we encourage this with our stakeholders to 
ensure we can continually improve our operations. The 
Company has continued to develop its relations with 
investors and more details can be found on the Company 
website www.regionalreit.com. Further information on 
Shareholder and Stakeholder engagement can be found 
on pages 79 to 81.

Board and Governance
Following an internal review of the Board’s effectiveness, 
and as part of a drive to ensure an orderly refreshment 
of the Board with the development of the Group, on the 
25 May 2022 the Nomination Committee appointed Massy 
Larizadeh as a non-executive Director of the Company. 
Massy also became a member of the Audit Committee, 
Nomination Committee and Management Engagement 
and Remuneration Committee. Massy has a particular 
interest in ESG issues and as such will be taking a lead role 
in the Company’s ESG matters.

Outlook
Whilst we are acutely aware of the challenging backdrop, 
including labour shortages, inflationary pressures, 
tightening monetary policy and geopolitical uncertainties 
arising from the continued Ukrainian conflict, we remain 
confident of maintaining high rent collections and 
accelerating the momentum on the asset management 
initiatives for the remainder of 2023. The Board believes 
these actions will result in the continued de-risking of 
the portfolio, whilst continuing to deliver income and 
long-term total returns for our shareholders. 

The UK region’s economic activity continues to strengthen, 
and companies continue to require office space in 
our identified growth areas. Regional REIT remains 
well positioned to meet the challenges and take the 
opportunities that will inevitably arise in the coming years.

Kevin McGrath
Chairman

27 March 2023

ALBION STREET

THORPE PARK

ONE NORTH BANK

Short St

LEEDS

SHEFFIELD

16

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022INVESTMENT STRATEGY AND BUSINESS MODEL

BUSINESS MODEL

Geographically 
diversified income 
focused portfolio

Opportunistic approach 
to property investment

Investing in income  
producing assets

Highly experienced 
asset manager

Active management 
of the properties

Regions primed for 
growth

17

InvestmentPolicyInvestmentStrategyBorrowingsObjectivesInvestment Policy

The Group will invest predominately in office properties that are situated in the UK and outside of the M25 motorway. 

The Group may also invest in property portfolios in which up to 50% of the properties (by market value) are situated 
inside the M25 motorway. 

In the ordinary course of business, no single property will exceed 10% of the Group’s Gross Investment Properties Value 
at the time of the investment; exceptionally, the Board may consider taking this up to 20%. 

The normal minimum value for a single property investment is £5 million, except where an asset is within a portfolio of 
properties for which there shall be no such minimum. 

No more than 20% of the Gross Investment Properties Value shall be exposed to any one tenant or group undertaking of 
that tenant. 

Speculative development (properties under construction, but excluding refurbishment, which have not been pre-let) is 
prohibited. Any other development is restricted to an aggregate maximum of 15% of Gross Investment Properties Value 
at investment or commencement.

Investment Strategy

The Group will invest in, and actively manage, a portfolio of mainly office properties or debt portfolios secured on such 
properties located predominately in the regional centres of the UK outside of the M25 motorway.

The Group aims to build a portfolio of interests that, together, offer Shareholders a diversification of investment risk by 
investing in a range of geographical areas and across a number of high-quality assets and tenants, and through letting 
properties, where possible, to low-risk tenants.

The Group will use gearing, borrowings and other sources of leverage to implement its investment strategy and enhance 
equity returns.

Investment Objective

The investment objective of the Company is to deliver an attractive total return to Shareholders of greater than 10% per 
annum, with a strong focus on income from investing in UK commercial property, predominately in the office sector in 
major regional centres and urban areas outside of the M25 motorway.

Borrowings

The Group targets a ratio of net borrowings to Gross 
Investment Properties Value of 40% over the longer term, 
with a targeted maximum limit of 50%.

Linford Wood Business Park, Milton Keynes

18

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022INVESTMENT STRATEGY AND BUSINESS MODEL
CONTINUED

Read more about the Principal Risks and Uncertainties facing the Company on pages 49 to 59, which are linked to the 
Company’s strategy as set out below.

Principal Risks and Uncertainties:

Strategic

Valuation

COVID-19

Economic and 
political

Funding

Tenants

Financial and tax 
changes

Operational

Accounting, legal 
and regulatory

Environmental 
and efficiency 
standards

300 Bath Street, Glasgow

19

Geographically Diversified Income Focused Portfolio

Our approach

•  A distinctive, large and diverse commercial property portfolio.

•  An approach that diversifies the investment risk of the portfolio and enables better 
management of the timing of lease re-gears, new lettings, geography and sector.

How we add value

•  The portfolio consists of mainly offices, geographically well spread across the regions of 

the UK outside of the M25 motorway and with a broad range of tenants.

Progress during the year

•  154 properties (2021: 168), 1,552 units (2021: 1,511) and 1,076 tenants (2021: 1,077) as at 

31 December 2022.

•  The largest single property is only 3.0% of the Gross Investment Properties value 
(2021: 3.0%) and the largest tenant only 2.4% of Gross Rental Income (2021: 2.5%).

•  England & Wales represent 83.3% of the Gross Investment Properties value 
(2021: 81.0%); office 91.8% and industrial sites are 3.1% (2021: office 89.8%; 
industrial 5.1%).

Investing in Income Producing Assets

Our approach

•  The Group has a strict set of investment criteria to invest, predominately, in income 
producing assets capable of delivering an attractive total return to our Shareholders.

How we add value

• 

Investment decisions are based on identifying strong underlying fundamentals, 
including inter alia: prospects for future income growth; sector and geographic 
prospects; lease length; initial and equivalent yields; and the potential for active asset 
management.

•  Development strictly limited to refurbishment programmes. 

Progress during the year

•  Rent roll of £71.8 million as at end 2022 (2021: £72.1 million).

•  Average rents have increased to £13.65 per sq. ft. (2021: £12.75 per sq. ft.).

•  Declared dividends of 6.60pps for 2022 (2021: 6.50pps).

20

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022INVESTMENT STRATEGY AND BUSINESS MODEL
CONTINUED

Active Management of the Properties

Our approach
•  The Group prides itself on maintaining a close relationship with its tenants and, in the 

intensive granular management of its properties, a very hands-on approach. 

•  Our aim is to provide a consistent approach to improving returns, thereby enhancing the 

quality of the underlying portfolio.

How we add value
•  The Asset Manager undertakes all of the principal property management activities  

in-house and remains close to its tenants, ensuring an immediate understanding of their 
requirements and enabling better decision-making capability.

•  The Asset Manager utilises a range of approaches to each asset, tailoring the project 

programme for each property.

Progress during the year
•  Net capital expenditure of £10.0 million in 2022 (2021: £6.8 million); capital expenditure 
is recovered through dilapidations, service charges or improved property rental income.

•  Active and intense asset management maintained robust EPRA occupancy of 83.4% 

(2021: 81.8%). 

Opportunistic Approach to the Property Investment

Our approach
•  A focus on exploiting pricing inefficiencies and mismatches between regional Core and 

Core Plus and primary property yields.

•  From such opportunities, the Group will acquire, hold and sell commercial real estate 

that it believes to be mispriced.

•  Utilising leverage to build the acquisitions capability of the business.

How we add value
•  An opportunistic approach to UK commercial property with recycling of capital from 
the portfolio refreshment programme and aiming to acquire properties where the 
Group can add value through the expertise of the Asset Manager.

•  Seeking to build the income growth and capital values of properties, taking 

undermanaged and underinvested properties to being attractive investments to be 
retained for yield or for disposal.

•  An established borrower with long-term relationships in place with a number of UK 

banks. The Group will exploit opportunities to improve total returns utilising leverage.

•  With debt maturing and opportunities to renegotiate existing facilities, the Group aims 

to reduce its funding costs.

Progress during the year
•  Completed acquisitions in 2022 totalled £74.7 million (before costs) and disposals (net 
of costs) of £84.1 million, with average net initial yields of c. 8.4% and c. 4.9% (including 
vacant units) 6.3% (excluding vacant units) respectively.

•  During 2022, debt facility repayments totalled £38.4 million, new borrowings were 

£39.2 million, resulting in total borrowings of £440.8 million. The average funding cost 
(including hedging) was 3.5% (2021: 3.3%).

21

Highly Experienced Asset Manager

Our approach

•  The Asset Manager has the heritage of a long-established property investment 

management team.

•  LSPIM is based in Glasgow and has a number of offices around the UK, with 

73 employees, as at 31 December 2022, working on Regional REIT.

How we add value

•  The capabilities and track record of the management team, including knowledge, 

expertise and established relationships, provide an important competitive advantage 
for operating in the fragmented UK regional secondary property market. The senior 
management team of the Asset Manager collectively have over 180 years of property 
experience, with a proven record of creating value.

•  The Asset Manager grew property rental income for a similar portfolio on a like-for-like 

basis through the 2008-12 recession.

Progress during the year

•  Completed 114 new lettings in 2022, totalling 330,173 sq. ft., which when fully occupied 

will provide a gross rental income of £5.9 million.

Regions Primed for Growth

Our approach
•  The resilient regions are expected to benefit from capital inflows and a strong 

rebound of the UK economy, which should conflate to ensure occupier demand for 
offices grows.

•  Research from CBRE indicates that regional offices have outperformed in comparison 

to central London offices, delivering superior income returns of 5.1% in 2022 in 
comparison to central London office returns of 3.6%, a trend that has been witnessed 
over the past eight years.

How we add value

•  The investment policy focuses on a portfolio of offices located outside of the M25 
motorway, broadly based on the region’s economic worth and population mix.

•  The Group seeks to enhance income growth and capital values through the proactive 

approach of the Asset Manager.

•  The Asset Manager operates through a number of regional offices, implementing a 

targeted investment policy and individual property asset management plans.

Progress during the year

•  EPRA Total Return 24.2% (2021: 41.2%) since IPO and 3.1% annualised in 2022 

(2021: 5.8%).

22

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022“2022 WAS AN OPERATIONALLY ROBUST YEAR FOR THE 
COMPANY WITH A FULL YEAR DIVIDEND BEING DECLARED 
OF 6.6 PENCE PER SHARE THAT WAS FULLY COVERED BY 
EPRA EARNINGS."

Stephen Inglis
CEO of London & Scottish Property Investment Management, 
Asset Manager

Hampshire Corporate Park, Eastleigh

23

ASSET AND INVESTMENT 
MANAGERS’ REPORT

"The macro-economic environment provided significant headwinds for 
REITs in 2022 being one of the most challenging years seen for the property 
sector in some time, as rising interest rates impacted valuations. The 
Company was not immune, with the portfolio value decreasing by 12.9% 
to £789.5m; and after adjusting for acquisitions, disposals and capital 
expenditure, reflected a decrease of 12.1% on like-for-like basis. In turn the 
loan to value amounted to 49.5%. Importantly, however, the Company has 
ample headroom on the covenants and the weighted average cost costs of 
debt remained fixed at 3.5%. 

We are proud of our strong relationships with our tenants, which has led to 
another robust set of rent collections figures, totalling 98.7% for the twelve 
months ended 31 December 2022. The tenant base remains highly diverse 
both in terms of sector and geography.

Despite the challenging economic environment, the Company’s net 
rental income increased by 12% year-on-year, to £62.6m, which is in part 
testament to our active asset management approach to identify value 
enhancing opportunities within the portfolio whilst regularly reviewing 
rents.

Our consistent quarterly dividend continues to provide our shareholders 
with a strong and reliable level of dividend income, yielding 11.3% on 
the share price as at 27 March 2023. The dividend is fully covered by 
EPRA earnings, which we hope provides shareholders with a high level of 
confidence in the sustainability of future dividend payments."

Stephen Inglis
CEO of London & Scottish Property Investment Management, 
Asset Manager

24

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022ASSET AND INVESTMENT MANAGERS’ REPORT
CONTINUED

HIGHLIGHTS FROM 2022

•  High level of rent collection  

Achieved a high level of rent collection. As at 17 March 2023, rent collection continued to 
strengthen, with FY 2022 collections increasing to 98.7%, which is similar to the equivalent 
date for 2021 when 97.7% had been collected.

•  114 new lettings 

Completed 114 new lettings in 2022, totalling 330,173 sq. ft., which when fully income 
producing after incentives will provide a gross rental income of c. £5.9 million.

•  £74.7 million of acquisitions 

Acquisitions in 2022 totalled £74.7 million (before costs) for 6 assets, reflecting an 
average net initial yield of 8.4%.

•  £84.1 million of disposals 

Disposals during 2022 totalled £84.1 million (net of costs), reflecting an average net 
initial yield of 4.9% (6.3% excluding vacant properties).

• 

Increase in average rent  
Average rent by let sq. ft. increased by 7.0% from £12.75 per sq. ft. in December 2021 
to £13.65 per sq. ft. in December 2022. MSCI monthly data shows rental growth of 
1.5% for rest of UK offices over the same period.

•  Decrease in capital value 

The like-for-like value of the portfolio decreased by 12.1% in 2022 after adjusting for 
capital expenditure, acquisitions and disposals during the period (11.0% excluding 
capital expenditure adjustment). MSCI monthly data shows capital value decline of 
17.3% for rest of UK offices over the same period.

25

Bear Brook Office Park, Aylesbury

Investment Activity in the UK  
Commercial Property Market

Investment in the UK commercial property market reached 
£54.1 billion in 2022, according to research by Lambert 
Smith Hampton (“LSH”)1. Although this was 5.0% below the 
volumes recorded in 2021, it was 3.0% above the five-year 
average and 9.7% above pre-COVID-19 levels in 2019. 
Investment volumes fell in each quarter throughout 2022 
when compared to the previous quarter. In the final quarter 
of 2022, overall investment fell by 40.7% to £7.3 billion, the 
lowest level recorded since Q2 2020. Investment in Q4 2022 
marked a decline of 44.3% against the five-year quarterly 
average. However, it is worth noting that although investors 
were increasingly cautious in the second half of 2022, 
investment in Q1 2022 and Q2 2022 proved robust when 
compared to the five-year quarterly average, up 33.2% and 
29.4%, respectively.

LSH research notes that investment was more resilient 
across UK regional markets, compared to London. 
Investment in UK regional markets held up well in 2022 
relative to trend, with annual investment reaching 
£18.6 billion, 0.8% above the five-year average. Conversely, 
London volumes were down relative to trend, with 2022 
volumes falling 7.1% below the five-year average at 
£18.7 billion. The largest increase in regional investment in 
2022 relative to the five-year average occurred in the West 
Midlands, South East and North West.

Quarterly Investment Volumes

25

20

n
o

i
l
l
i

b
£

15

10

5

0

Savills research highlights that regional office investment 
in the second half of 2022 was muted at £1.5 billion. This 
brought the total regional office investment in 2022, 
26.9% below the five-year average2. Savills anticipate 
that regional office investment will remain subdued 
in short-term. However, some research suggests that 
confidence is now building among overseas investors as 
capital values fall and the occupational market remains 
robust. Additionally, the most recent data from the ONS 
shows that the UK employment rate rose to 75.6% in the 
three months to December 2022, up from 75.5% for the 
same period in 20213.

The Asset Manager’s strong opinion is that the office will 
continue to play a vital role in working life regardless of 
whether hybrid or more traditional working practices 
are adopted. It is our opinion that many occupiers will 
require more office accommodation in future due to both 
employment growth and aiming to improve the working 
environment, including more space per staff member.

100%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%

-20%

-40%

-60%

-80%

2014
Q1

2015
Q1

2016
Q1

2017
Q1

2018
Q1

2019
Q1

2020
Q1

2021
Q1

2022
Q1

Total

Five-Year Quarterly Average

% Quarterly Change

Figure 1: Lambert Smith Hampton Research (February 2023)

1 Lambert Smith Hampton, UKIT Q4 2022
2 Savills, Market In Minutes, Q4 2022
3 ONS, Labour Market Overview, UK – March 2023

26

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022 
ASSET AND INVESTMENT MANAGERS’ REPORT
CONTINUED

Overseas investment in the UK property market accounted 
for just over half (50.1%) of total investment in 2022, 
according to data from LSH. LSH estimates that total 
overseas investment in 2022 reached £27.1 billion, 3.5% 
lower than 2021 volumes, but 4.2% above the five-year 
average and 7.9% higher than pre-pandemic levels. 
Overseas investment in Q4 2022 amounted to £2.9 billion, 
52.0% below Q3 levels and 55.6% below the five-year 
quarterly average. Although overseas investment has 
dropped in recent months, international investors were 
net buyers in Q4 (overall £2.1 billion), with low disposals 
relative to trend, therefore highlighting that investor 

sentiment remains positive and that there is not a push to 
exit the UK. It is worth noting that a fall in investment was 
not witnessed for all investors, with investment volumes 
from North American investors increasing by 7.0% in Q4 
2022.

Research from CBRE4 indicates that regional offices have 
outperformed in comparison to central London offices, 
delivering superior income returns of 5.1% in 2022 in 
comparison to central London office returns of 3.6% – a 
trend that has been witnessed over the past eight years.

4 CBRE Monthly Index, Q4 2022

Central London & Regional Office Income Returns (12 months to December 2022)

%

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

6.2

6.4

5.9

5.8

5.9

5.7

5.1

3.3

3.7

3.8

3.8

4.1

3.6

3.6

Central London
Offices

Rest of UK
Offices

December
2016

December
2017

December
2018

December
2019

December
2020

December
2021

December
2022

Figure 2: CBRE (February 2023)

The Lighthouse, Salford Quay, Manchester

27

Occupational Demand in the UK  
Regional Office Market
Avison Young estimates that take-up of office space 
across nine regional office markets5 totalled 8.1 million 
sq. ft. in 2022; marginally below (0.3%) the level of take-up 
recorded in 2021 and 3.1% lower than the 5-year average. 
That said, it is worth noting that take-up in 2022 was 41.4% 
above the level reported in 2020. Take-up in the final 
quarter of 2022 was 18.2% above the five-year average at 
2.5 million sq. ft., marking the highest quarterly take-up 
figure in 2022. Approximately 66.9% of take-up in Q4 2022 
was transacted in city centres, with 33.1% transacted in 
the out of town market – both the city centre and out of 
town markets performed well relative to trend in Q4 2022. 
Avison Young highlights that occupiers have increasingly 
sought greater quality space to attract and retain talent.

Occupational demand was driven by the technology, 
media & telecoms sector, which accounted for the highest 
proportion of take-up at 19.2% in 2022. Following the 
technology, media & telecoms sector, the professional 
sector and the public services, education & health sector 
accounted for the second and third largest proportion of 
take-up in the regional cities, accounting for 17.8% and 
14.0% respectively.

Regional Supply: Annual Office Supply

According to Savills, there was marginal decrease in 
availability for regional office stock across ten regional 
UK markets6, with total supply falling by 1.0% in 2022 to 
14.4 million sq. ft.. The decrease in supply over the last 
12 months has resulted in supply falling 2.2% below the 
10-year average. This marks the first year that supply 
of office stock has decreased after increasing each year 
since 2019. However, it is worth noting that there was an 
increase in supply of prime space, which increased by 5.4% 
in 2022. Therefore, the fall in supply can be attributed to 
the secondary office supply, which decreased by 4.4% in 
2022.

The overall vacancy rate for regional offices ticked 
upwards from 12.5% in 2021 to 12.6% in 2022 but remains 
in-line with the 10-year average7.

Furthermore, it is estimated that approximately 5.1 million 
sq. ft. of office space is currently under construction in 
the Big Nine regional markets, with Manchester, Bristol 
and Birmingham accounting for 22.1%, 19.6% and 14.8%, 
respectively. Approximately 33.0% of office buildings 
currently under construction are already pre-let.

.
t
f

.

q
s
n
o

i
l
l
i

m
y
l
p
p
u
S

25

20

15

10

5

0

2006

2008

2010

2012

2014

2016

2018

2020

2022

Regional Supply

10-Year Average

Figure 3: Savills (February 2023)

Vacancy Rates in the Regional Office Market 

20

18

16

%

14

12

10

8
2009

2011

2013

2015

2017

2019

2020

2021

2022

5 Nine regional office markets mentioned by Avison Young include: Birmingham, Bristol, Cardiff, Edinburgh, Glasgow, Leeds, Liverpool, Manchester & Newcastle.
6 Ten regional office markets mentioned by Savills include: Aberdeen, Birmingham, Bristol, Cambridge, Cardiff, Edinburgh, Glasgow, Leeds, Manchester and Oxford.
7 Savills: The Regional Office Market Overview, Q4 2022.

Regional Vacancy rate

10-Yr Regional Vacancy rate

Figure 4: Savills (February 2023)

28

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022 
 
 
ASSET AND INVESTMENT MANAGERS’ REPORT
CONTINUED

The Asset Manager’s opinion is that occupational market fundamentals remain robust despite the recent fall in capital 
values. Overall, there appears to be a disconnect between the investment market and the occupational market. The 
Asset Manager’s view is that there will be hard work ahead throughout 2023, but that the market will be fundamentally 
steady, with no large declines nor large increases in activity. Additionally, the occupational market will continue to 
witness a rise in office occupancy as employees return to the office.

Rental Growth in the UK Regional 
Office Market
The CBRE Monthly Index shows that rental value growth 
held up better for the rest of UK office markets in the 
12 months ended December 2022 with growth of 2.6%. 
Conversely, central London offices experienced a more 
modest level of growth during 2022 of 1.5%. According 
to MSCI, average rents in the regional office market 

(outside of London and the South East) increased by 1.5% 
in 2022. According to the monthly MSCI digest index, Rest 
of UK and Mid Town & West End offices recorded the 
strongest rental growth in December 2022. Demand for 
quality office space has put an upward pressure on prime 
rents, with growth of 6.5% recorded across the Big Nine 
regional markets in 2022, with average headline rents now 
sitting at £34.78 per sq. ft., according to research from 
Avison Young.

Rental Value Growth (vs previous 12 months)

12

10

8

6

4

2

0

-2

%

-4
2012

Dec 2022, 2.6%

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

Central London Offices

Rest of UK Offices

Figure 5: CBRE (February 2023)

Regional REIT’s Office Assets
EPRA occupancy of the Group’s regional offices rose to 82.8% (2021: 80.8%). A like-for-like comparison of the Group’s 
regional offices’ EPRA occupancy, as at 31 December 2022 versus 31 December 2021, shows occupancy of 81.5% (2021: 
84.0%). WAULT to first break was 2.7 years (2021: 2.6 years); like-for-like WAULT to first break of 2.7 years (2021: 2.7 years).

29

Property Portfolio
As at 31 December 2022, the Group’s property portfolio 
was valued at £789.5 million (2021: £906.1 million), with 
rent roll of £71.8 million (2021: £72.1 million), and an EPRA 
occupancy of 83.4% (2021: 81.8%).

On a like-for-like basis, 31 December 2022 versus 
31 December 2021, EPRA occupancy was 82.1% 
(2021: 84.5%).

There were 154 properties (2021: 168) in the portfolio, with 
1,552 units (2021: 1,511) and 1,076 tenants (2021: 1,077). If 
the portfolio was fully occupied at Cushman & Wakefield’s 
view of market rents, the rental income would be 
£92.0 million per annum as at 31 December 2022 
(2021: £94.6 million).

As at 31 December 2022, the net initial yield on the 
portfolio was 6.0% (2021: 5.6%), the equivalent yield was 
9.0% (2021: 8.7%) and the reversionary yield was 10.2% 
(2021: 9.4%).

Property Portfolio by Sector

Sector

Properties

Valuation
(£m)

% by 
valuation

Sq. ft.
(m)

Occupancy 
(EPRA)
(%)

WAULT 
to first 
break
(yrs)

Gross 
rental 
income
(£m)

Average 
rent
(£psf)

ERV
(£m)

Capital 
rate
(£psf)

Net 
initial 
yield 
(%)

Equivalent
yield
(%)

Reversionary
yield
(%)

Office

129

725.1

91.8

5.8

82.8

Retail

18

28.5

3.6

0.3

93.7

Industrial

Other

4

3

24.6

3.1

0.4

85.2

2.7

4.1

5.9

65.7

14.50

85.7

125.88

5.9

3.2

10.59

3.1

85.82

8.5

1.9

5.27

2.2

58.64

5.5

11.4

1.4

0.1

93.6

10.2

0.9

15.20

0.9

117.75

6.9

Total 

154

789.5

100.0

6.6

83.4

3.0

71.8

13.65

92.0

119.48

6.0

9.0

9.2

8.0

8.5

9.0

10.3

10.1

8.7

9.7

10.2

Property Portfolio by Region

Region

Properties

Valuation
(£m)

% by 
valuation

Sq. ft.
(m)

Occupancy 
(EPRA)
(%)

WAULT 
to first 
break
(yrs)

Gross 
rental 
income
(£m)

Average 
rent
(£psf)

ERV
(£m)

Capital 
rate
(£psf)

Net 
initial 
yield 
(%)

Equivalent
yield
(%)

Reversionary
yield
(%)

Scotland

South East

North East

Midlands

North West

South West

Wales

38

27

24

26

19

14

6

131.6

16.7

1.3

76.7

153.1

19.4

1.0

76.5

3.4

2.6

11.8

13.46

17.3

103.84

4.7

12.2

16.23

16.9

148.93

4.9

126.1

16.0

1.1

86.9

3.3

11.7

12.88

14.2

117.84

5.8

159.1

20.2

1.4

90.3

106.8

13.5

0.9

79.4

73.1

9.3

0.5

92.3

39.6

5.0

0.4

91.3

3.2

2.3

2.0

4.3

15.4

13.13

18.7

113.25

6.3

9.9

13.17

12.9

115.03

6.6

7.0

16.44

7.9

154.49

7.7

3.8

10.23

4.0

91.02

7.3

9.8

8.5

9.2

9.0

9.1

8.5

8.3

11.7

9.7

10.4

10.0

10.5

9.6

9.2

Total 

154

789.5

100.0

6.6

83.4

3.0

71.8

13.65

92.0

119.48

6.0

9.0

10.2

* Tables may not sum due to rounding

30

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022ASSET AND INVESTMENT MANAGERS’ REPORT
CONTINUED

Top 15 Investments (market value) as at 31 December 2022

Property

Sector

Anchor tenants

300 Bath Street, 
Glasgow

Office

Buildings 2 & 3, 
Bear Brook Office 
Park, Aylesbury

Office

Hampshire 
Corporate Park, 
Eastleigh

Office

University of Glasgow, 
Glasgow Tay House Centre Ltd, 
Fairhurst Group LLP, London & 
Scottish Property Investment 
Management

Utmost Life and Pensions 
Ltd, Agria Pet Insurance Ltd, 
International Fire Consultants 
Ltd

Aviva Central Services UK 
Ltd, Lloyd's Register EMEA, 
Complete Fertility Ltd, National 
Westminster Bank Plc

Eagle Court, 
Coventry Road, 
Birmingham

Office

Virgin Media Ltd, Rexel UK Ltd, 
Coleshill Retail Ltd

Beeston Business 
Park, Nottingham

Office/
Industrial

Metropolitan Housing Trust 
Ltd, SMS Electronics Ltd, Heart 
Internet Ltd

Market 
value 
(£m)

% of 
portfolio

Lettable 
area  
(Sq. Ft.)

EPRA 
Occupancy 
(%)

Annualised 
gross rent 
(£m)

% of gross 
rental 
income

WAULT to 
first break 
(years)

23.6

3.0

156,853

89.1

1.2

1.7

2.9

20.9

2.6

140,791

100.0

0.8

1.1

4.0

19.5

2.5

84,043

99.8

1.7

2.3

4.0

19.4

2.5

132,979

82.6

2.0

2.8

0.9

17.2

2.2

215,330

100.0

1.4

2.0

5.6

800 Aztec West, 
Bristol

Office

NNB Generation Company 
(HPC) Ltd, Edvance SAS

16.5

2.1

73,292

100.0

1.5

2.1

1.4

Orbis 1, 2 & 3, 
Pride Park, Derby

Office

First Source Solutions UK 
Ltd, DHU Health Care C.I.C., 
Tentamus Pharma (UK) Ltd

16.5

2.1

121,883

100.0

1.8

2.5

4.4

Norfolk House, 
Smallbrook 
Queensway, 
Birmingham

Linford Wood 
Business Park, 
Milton Keynes

Office

Global Banking School Ltd, 
Accenture (UK) Ltd, HP Asia Ltd

15.6

2.0

115,780

100.0

1.4

1.9

7.2

Office

IMServ Europe Ltd, Market 
Force Information (Europe) Ltd, 
Autotech Recruit Ltd

15.1

1.9

107,352

92.2

1.5

2.1

2.0

Manchester Green, 
Manchester

Office

Chiesi Ltd, Ingredion UK 
Ltd, Assetz SME Capital Ltd, 
Contemporary Travel Solutions 
Ltd

Capitol Park,  
Leeds

Office

Hermes Parcelnet Ltd, NHS 
Shared Business Services Ltd, 
BDW Trading Ltd

Portland Street, 
Manchester

Office

Evolution Money Group Ltd, 
Mott MacDonald Ltd, NCG 
(Manchester) Ltd, Simard Ltd

Ashby Park, Ashby 
De La Zouch

Office

Ceva Logistics Ltd, Brush 
Electrical Machines Ltd, Ashfield 
Healthcare Ltd

Templeton On The 
Green, Glasgow

Office

The Scottish Ministers, The 
Scottish Sports Council, Noah 
Beers Ltd, The Wise Group

14.7

1.9

107,760

80.6

1.4

1.9

2.4

14.0

1.8

98,340

82.4

1.3

1.8

2.8

13.1

1.7

55,787

95.5

1.1

1.5

2.9

12.7

1.6

91,034

100.0

0.9

1.2

4.0

12.1

1.5

142,520

92.9

1.3

1.8

4.3

The Lighthouse 
– Salford Quays, 
Manchester

Total

Office

Pearson Education Ltd, EQUANS 
Regeneration Ltd

11.8

1.5

64,275

54.6

0.7

1.0

1.8

242.7

30.7

1,708,019

90.6

19.9

27.8

3.3

* Tables may not sum due to rounding

31

Top 15 Tenants (share of rental income) as at 31 December 2022

Tenant

Property

Virgin Media Limited

Eagle Court, Coventry Road, Birmingham

Southgate Park, Peterborough

Sector

Information and 
communication

WAULT to 
first break 
(years)

Lettable  
area  
(Sq. Ft.)

Annualised 
gross rent 
(£m)

% of gross 
rental 
income

1.0

107,830

1.7

2.4

TUI Northern Europe Ltd

Columbus House, Coventry

Professional, scientific 
and technical activities

1.0

53,253

1.4

1.9

NHS

Aspect House, Bennerley Road, Nottingham

Public sector

1.4

85,324

1.3

1.8

Secretary of State for 
Communities & Local 
Government

Capitol Park, Leeds

Equinox North, Almondsbury, Bristol

Park House, Bristol

St James Court, Bristol

Wren House, Chelmsford

1 Burgage Square, Merchant Square, 
Wakefield

Albert Edward House, Preston

Bennett House, Stoke-On-Trent

Oakland House, Manchester

Waterside Business Park, Swansea

Public sector

4.2

108,915

1.1

1.5

EDF Energy Limited

Endeavour House, Sunderland

Electricity, gas, steam and 
air conditioning supply

7.8

77,565

1.0

1.4

First Source Solutions 
UK Ltd

Orbis 1, 2 & 3, Pride Park, Derby

Administrative and 
support service activities

4.3

62,433

1.0

1.4

E.ON UK Plc

Two Newstead Court, Nottingham

Electricity, gas, steam and 
air conditioning supply

2.3

99,142

0.9

1.3

John Menzies Plc

2 Lochside Avenue, Edinburgh

Professional, scientific 
and technical activities

0.6

43,780

0.9

1.2

NNB Generation 
Company (HPC) Ltd 

800 Aztec West, Bristol

Electricity, gas, steam and 
air conditioning supply

1.1

41,743

0.9

1.2

Global Banking School 
Limited 

Norfolk House, Smallbrook Queensway, 
Birmingham

Education

9.9

44,245

0.8

1.2

SPD Development Co Ltd

Clearblue Innovation Centre, Bedford

Professional, scientific 
and technical activities

2.8

58,167

0.8

1.1

Aviva Central Services UK 
Limited

Hampshire Corporate Park, Eastleigh

Other service activities

1.9

42,612

0.8

1.1

Odeon Cinemas Ltd

Kingscourt Leisure Complex, Dundee

Information and 
communication

12.8

41,542

0.7

1.0

SpaMedica Limited

1175 Thorpe Park, Leeds

Albert Edward House, Preston

lll Acre, Princeton Drive, Stockton On Tees

Fairfax House, Wolverhampton

Southgate Park, Peterborough

The Foundation Chester Business Park, 
Chester

Human health and social 
work activities

3.4

50,656

0.7

1.0

Edvance SAS

800 Aztec West, Bristol

Electricity, gas, steam and 
air conditioning supply

1.7

31,549

0.7

0.9

Total

* Tables may not sum due to rounding

3.4

948,756

14.8

20.6

32

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022ASSET AND INVESTMENT MANAGERS’ REPORT
CONTINUED

Property Portfolio Sector and Region Splits by Valuation and Income  
as at 31 December 2022
By Valuation
As at 31 December 2022, 91.8% (2021: 89.8%) of the 
portfolio by market value was offices and 3.6% (2021: 3.7%) 
was retail. The balance was made up of industrial, 3.1% 
(2021: 5.1%) and other, 1.4% (2021: 1.4%). By UK region, as 
at 31 December 2022, Scotland represented 16.7% (2021: 
19.0%) of the portfolio and England 78.3% (2021: 75.7%); the 
balance of 5.0% (2021: 5.3%) was in Wales. In England, the 
largest regions were the Midlands, the South East and the 
North East.

By Income 
As at 31 December 2022, 91.5% (2021: 88.6%) of the 
portfolio by income was offices and 4.5% (2021: 5.4%) was 
retail. The balance was made up of industrial, 2.6% (2021: 
4.5%), and other, 1.3% (2021: 1.4%). By UK region, as at 
31 December 2022, Scotland represented 16.5% (2021: 
21.6%) of the portfolio and England 78.2% (2021: 72.4%); the 
balance of 5.3% was in Wales (2021: 6.0%). In England, the 
largest regions were the Midlands, the South East and the 
North East.

Sector Split by Valuation

1.4%

3.1%

3.6%

Sector Split by Income
1.3%

2.6%

4.5%

 Offices
 Retail
 Industrial
 Other

 Offices
 Retail
 Industrial
 Other

91.8%

91.5%

Regional Split by Valuation

Regional Split by Income

5.0%

9.3%

20.2%

5.3%

9.7%

21.4%

13.5%

 Midlands
 South East
 Scotland
 North East
 North West
 South West
 Wales

19.4%

13.8%

 Midlands
 South East
 Scotland
 North East
 North West
 South West
 Wales

17.0%

16.0%

16.3%

16.7%

16.5%

Source: LSPIM. 
Charts may not sum due to rounding.

33

Lease Expiry Profile 
The WAULT on the portfolio is 4.7 years (2021: 4.8 years); 
WAULT to first break is 3.0 years (2021: 3.0 years). As 
at 31 December 2022, 14.5% (2021: 11.5%) of income 
was from leases, which will expire within one year, 
14.0% (2021: 13.8%) between one and two years, 29.5% 
(2021: 31.9%) between two and five years and 42.0% 
(2021: 42.8%) after five years. 

Lease Expiry Income Profile

42.0%

 0-1 year
 1-2 years
 2-5 years
 5+ years

14.0%

14.5%

29.5%

Lease Expiry Income Profile by year

)

m
£
(

e
m
o
c
n

I

l

a
t
n
e
R

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

0

2023

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

2029

2030+
Source: LSPIM

Lease Expiry to First Break Income Profile by Year

)

m
£
(
e
m
o
c
n

I

l

a
t
n
e
R

20

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

0

2023

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

2029

2030+

Source: LSPIM.  
Charts may not sum due to rounding.

Source: LSPIM

34

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022 
 
 
 
ASSET AND INVESTMENT MANAGERS’ REPORT
CONTINUED

Tenants by Standard Industrial Classification as at 31 December 2022
As at 31 December 2022, 14.2% of income was from tenants in the professional, scientific and technical activities 
sector (2021: 14.5%), 12.2% from the information and communication activities sector (2021: 11.4%), 11.3% from 
the administrative and support service activities sector (2021: 9.5%), 9.4% from the financial and insurance sector 
(2021: 10.9%) and 8.3% from the wholesale and retail trade (2021: 9.6%). The remaining exposure is broadly spread.

No tenant represents more than 2.5% of the Group’s rent roll as at 31 December 2022, the largest being 2.4% 
(2021: 2.5%).

Source: LSPIM 
Chart may not sum due to rounding.

*  Other – Accommodation and food service activities, arts, entertainment and recreation, charity, construction, education, mining and quarrying, not specified, public administration 

and defence, compulsory social security, real estate activities, registered Society, residential, sole trader, transportation and storage, water supply, sewerage, waste management and 
remediation activities, and motorcycles.

35

Tenants by SIC Codes (% of gross rent)14.2%12.2%11.3%4.8%9.4%8.3%5.5%5.3%5.1%4.4%4.0%2.9%12.7%Professional, scientific and technical activitiesInformation and communicationAdministrative and support service activitiesFinancial and insurance activitiesWholesale and retail tradePublic sectorElectricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supplyHuman health and social work activitiesManufacturingEducationConstructionReal estate activitiesOther*PROPERTY PORTFOLIO

Top 15 Properties

1.  300 Bath Street, Glasgow

Market value (£million)

23.6

Sector

Annualised gross rent 
(£million)

Office

1.2

Lettable area (Sq. Ft.)

156,853

University of Glasgow, 
Glasgow Tay House 
Centre Ltd, Fairhurst 
Group LLP, London 
& Scottish Property 
Investment Management

Anchor tenants

EPRA Occupancy (%)

89.1

WAULT 
(years) (to first break)

6.9 (2.9)

2.  Buildings 2 & 3, Bear Brook Office Park, Aylesbury

Market value (£million)

20.9

Sector

Annualised gross rent 
(£million)

Office

0.8

Lettable area (Sq. Ft.)

140,791

Anchor tenants

Utmost Life and Pensions 
Ltd, Agria Pet Insurance 
Ltd, International Fire 
Consultants Ltd

EPRA Occupancy (%)

100.0

WAULT 
(years) (to first break)

5.0 (4.0)

36

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022PROPERTY PORTFOLIO
CONTINUED

3.  Hampshire Corporate Park, Eastleigh

Market value (£million)

19.5

Sector

Annualised gross rent 
(£million)

Office

1.7

Lettable area (Sq. Ft.)

84,043

Aviva Central Services 
UK Ltd, Lloyd's Register 
EMEA, Complete 
Fertility Ltd, National 
Westminster Bank Plc

Anchor tenants

EPRA Occupancy (%)

99.8

WAULT 
(years) (to first break)

8.8 (4.0)

4.  Eagle Court, Coventry Road, Birmingham

Market value (£million)

19.4

Sector

Annualised gross rent 
(£million)

Office

2.0

Lettable area (Sq. Ft.)

132,979

Anchor tenants

Virgin Media Ltd, Rexel 
UK Ltd, Coleshill Retail 
Ltd

EPRA Occupancy (%)

82.6

WAULT 
(years) (to first break)

1.8 (0.9)

37

5.  Beeston Business Park, Nottingham

Market value (£million)

17.2

Sector

Office/Industrial

Annualised gross rent 
(£million)

1.4

Lettable area (Sq. Ft.)

215,330

Anchor tenants

Metropolitan Housing 
Trust Ltd, SMS Electronics 
Ltd, Heart Internet Ltd

EPRA Occupancy (%)

100.0

WAULT 
(years) (to first break)

8.5 (5.6)

6.  800 Aztec West, Bristol

Market value (£million)

16.5

Sector

Annualised gross rent 
(£million)

Office

1.5

Lettable area (Sq. Ft.)

73,292

Anchor tenants

NNB Generation 
Company (HPC) Ltd, 
Edvance SAS

EPRA Occupancy (%)

100.0

WAULT 
(years) (to first break)

5.8 (1.4)

38

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022PROPERTY PORTFOLIO
CONTINUED

7.  Orbis 1, 2 & 3, Pride Park, Derby

Market value (£million)

16.5

Sector

Annualised gross rent 
(£million)

Office

1.8

Lettable area (Sq. Ft.)

121,883

Anchor tenants

First Source Solutions 
UK Ltd, DHU Health Care 
C.I.C., Tentamus Pharma 
(UK) Ltd

EPRA Occupancy (%)

100.0

WAULT 
(years) (to first break)

6.8 (4.4)

8.  Norfolk House, Smallbrook Queensway, Birmingham

Market value (£million)

15.6

Sector

Annualised gross rent 
(£million)

Office

1.4

Lettable area (Sq. Ft.)

115,780

Anchor tenants

Global Banking School 
Ltd, Accenture (UK) Ltd, 
HP Asia Ltd

EPRA Occupancy (%)

100.0

WAULT 
(years) (to first break)

10.5 (7.2)

39

9.  Linford Wood Business Park, Milton Keynes

Market value (£million)

15.1

Sector

Annualised gross rent 
(£million)

Office

1.5

Lettable area (Sq. Ft.)

107,352

Anchor tenants

IMServ Europe 
Ltd, Market Force 
Information (Europe) Ltd, 
Autotech Recruit Ltd

EPRA Occupancy (%)

92.2

WAULT 
(years) (to first break)

2.4 (2.0)

10. Manchester Green, Manchester

Market value (£million)

14.7

Sector

Annualised gross rent 
(£million)

Office

1.4

Lettable area (Sq. Ft.)

107,760

Anchor tenants

Chiesi Ltd, Ingredion UK 
Ltd, Assetz SME Capital 
Ltd, Contemporary Travel 
Solutions Ltd

EPRA Occupancy (%)

80.6

WAULT 
(years) (to first break)

4.2 (2.4)

40

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022PROPERTY PORTFOLIO
CONTINUED

11.  Capitol Park, Leeds

Market value (£million)

14.0

Sector

Annualised gross rent 
(£million)

Office

1.3

Lettable area (Sq. Ft.)

98,340

Anchor tenants

Hermes Parcelnet Ltd, 
NHS Shared Business 
Services Ltd, BDW 
Trading Ltd

EPRA Occupancy (%)

82.4

WAULT 
(years) (to first break)

2.8 (2.8)

12.  Portland Street, Manchester

Market value (£million)

13.1

Sector

Annualised gross rent 
(£million)

Office

1.1

Lettable area (Sq. Ft.)

55,787

Anchor tenants

Evolution Money Group 
Ltd, Mott MacDonald Ltd, 
NCG (Manchester) Ltd, 
Simard Ltd

EPRA Occupancy (%)

95.5

WAULT 
(years) (to first break)

5.3 (2.9)

41

13. Ashby Park, Ashby De La Zouch

Market value (£million)

12.7

Sector

Annualised gross rent 
(£million)

Office

0.9

Lettable area (Sq. Ft.)

91,034

Anchor tenants

Ceva Logistics Ltd, Brush 
Electrical Machines Ltd, 
Ashfield Healthcare Ltd

EPRA Occupancy (%)

100.0

WAULT 
(years) (to first break)

4.4 (4.0)

14. Templeton on the Green, Glasgow

Market value (£million)

12.1

Sector

Annualised gross rent 
(£million)

Office

1.3

Lettable area (Sq. Ft.)

142,520

Anchor tenants

The Scottish Ministers, 
The Scottish Sports 
Council, Noah Beers Ltd, 
The Wise Group

EPRA Occupancy (%)

92.9

WAULT 
(years) (to first break)

5.2 (4.3)

42

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022PROPERTY PORTFOLIO
CONTINUED

15. The Lighthouse, Salford Quays, Manchester

Market value (£million)

11.8

Sector

Annualised gross rent 
(£million)

Office

0.7

Lettable area (Sq. Ft.)

64,275

Anchor tenants

Pearson Education Ltd, 
EQUANS Regeneration 
Ltd

EPRA Occupancy (%)

54.6

WAULT 
(years) (to first break)

3.2 (1.8)

43

FINANCIAL REVIEW

Net Asset Value
In the year ended 31 December 2022, the EPRA 
NTA* of the Group decreased to £379.2 million (IFRS 
NAV: £402.9 million) from £501.4 million (IFRS NAV: 
£502.4 million) as at 31 December 2021, equating to a 
decrease in the diluted EPRA NTA of 23.7pps to 73.5pps 
(IFRS: 78.1pps). This is after the dividends declared in the 
year amounting to 6.65pps.

The EPRA NTA decrease of £122.2 million since 
31 December 2021 was predominately from £113.2 million 
decrease in the revaluation of the property portfolio held as 
at 31 December 2022, and a £8.6 million realised loss on the 
disposal of properties.

Acquisitions

Net (after costs)

Gross (before costs)

Disposals

Net (after costs)

Gross (before costs)

Capital Expenditure

Net (after dilapidations)

Gross (before dilapidations)

* Further details of the new EPRA performance measures can be found on page 165.

The investment property portfolio valuation as at 
31 December 2022 amounted to £789.5 million (2021: 
£906.1 million). The decrease of £116.7 million since the 
December 2021 year end is a reflection of £84.1 million of 
net property disposals, loss on the disposal of properties 
of £8.6 million and £113.2 million of property revaluation, 
offset by property acquisitions and subsequent expenditure 
of £89.3 million. Overall, on a like-for-like basis, the portfolio 
value decreased by 12.1% during the year.

The table below sets out the acquisitions, disposals and 
capital expenditure for the respective periods:

Year ended
31 December
2022
(£m)

Year ended
31 December
2021
(£m)

79.3

74.7

84.1

90.0

10.0

10.9

251.4

236.0

76.9

79.6

6.8

7.2

44

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022FINANCIAL REVIEW
CONTINUED

31 December 2022 EPRA Net Tangible Asset – Bridge

12.1

(2.2)

97.2

(20.0)

(2.0)

(1.6)

(3.3)

(6.7)

73.5

31 Dec 2021
EPRA NTA

Net rental
and  property
income

Admin
expenses

Revaluation
(Excl. net capital
expenditure)

Net capital
expenditure

Loss on the
disposal of
investment
properties

Net finance
expense

Dividends

31 Dec 2022
EPRA NTA

Table may not sum due to rounding
Source: Toscafund

The EPRA NTA per share decreased to 73.5pps (2021: 97.2pps). The EPRA NTA is reconciled in the table below:

Opening EPRA NTA (31 December 2021)

Net rental and property income

Administration and other expenses

Loss on the disposal of investment properties

Change in the fair value of investment properties

Change in value of right of use

EPRA NTA after operating profit

Net finance expense

Taxation

EPRA NTA before dividends paid 

Dividends paid*

Closing EPRA NTA (31 December 2022)

Table may not sum due to rounding 

£m

501.4

62.6

(11.4)

(8.6)

(113.2)

(0.1)

430.6

(17.2)

0.0

413.5

(34.3)

379.2

Pence per Share

97.2

12.1

(2.2)

(1.6)

(22.0)

(0.0)

83.5

(3.3)

0.0

80.2

(6.7)

73.5

*  As at 31 December 2022, the total number of Shares in issue are 515,736,583.

45

Income Statement
Operating profit before gains and losses on property 
assets and other investments for the year ended 
31 December 2022 amounted to £51.2 million (2021: 
£45.2 million). Loss after finance and before taxation of 
£65.2 million (2021: gain £28.8 million). 2022 included 
the rent roll for properties held from the 31 December 
2021, plus the partial rent roll for properties disposed or 
acquired during the year.

Rental and property income amounted to £76.3 million, 
excluding recoverable service charge income and other 
similar items (2021: £65.8 million). The increase was 
primarily the result of the increase in the rent roll being 
held during the year to 31 December 2022.

Currently more than 80% of the rental income is collected 
within 30 days of the due date and bad debts in the year 
amounted to a release of £0.4 million (2021: charge of 
£0.6 million).

Non-recoverable property costs, excluding recoverable 
service charge income and other similar costs, amounted 
to £13.7 million (2021: £9.9 million), and the rent roll 
amounted to £71.8 million (2021: £72.1 million).

Realised loss on the disposal of investment properties 
amounted to £8.6 million (2021: gain £0.7 million). The 
loss on the disposals were from the aggregate disposal 
of 20 properties in the period, on which individual 
asset management plans had been completed and/or 
were of sub-optimal asset size. The change in the fair 
value of investment properties amounted to a loss 
of £113.2 million (2021: loss of £8.3 million). Net 

* Alternative Performance Measures. Details are provided in the Glossary of Terms 
on pages 170 to 172 and the ERPA Performance Measures on pages 165 to 168.

capital expenditure amounted to £10.0 million (2021: 
£6.8 million). The gain on the disposal of the right of use 
asset amounted to £0.1 million (2021: £0.2 million). The 
change in value of right of use asset amounted to a charge 
of £0.2 million (2021: charge £0.2 million).

Interest income amounted to £0.1 million (2021: 
£0.0 million).

Finance expenses amount to £17.3 million (2021: 
£14.9 million). The increase is due to a full year of finance 
expense being incurred on £76.2 million borrowings 
drawn down 27 August 2021 from the Royal Bank of 
Scotland, Bank of Scotland, and Barclays to finance the 
enlarged portfolio.

The EPRA* cost ratio, including direct vacancy costs, was 
32.8% (2021: 31.2%). The EPRA cost ratio, excluding direct 
vacancy costs was 16.2% (2021: 16.8%). The ongoing 
charges for the year ending 31 December 2022 were 5.3% 
(2021: 4.6%) and 2.6% excluding void costs (2021: 2.5%).

The EPRA Total Return from Listing to 31 December 2022 
was 24.2% (2021: 41.2%), with an annualised rate of 3.1% 
pa (2021: 5.8% pa).

Dividend
In relation to the year from 1 January 2022 to 31 December 
2022, the Company declared dividends totalling 6.60pps 
(2021: 6.50pps). Since the end of the year, the Company 
has declared a dividend for the fourth quarter of 2022 of 
1.65pps. A schedule of dividends can be found on page 176.

Endeavour House, Sunderland

46

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022FINANCIAL REVIEW
CONTINUED

Debt Financing and Gearing
Borrowings comprise third-party bank debt and the retail 
eligible bond. The bank debt is secured over properties 
owned by the Group and repayable over the next three to 
seven years. The weighted average maturity of the bank 
debt and retail eligible bond is 4.5 years (2021: 5.5 years).

The Group’s borrowing facilities are with Santander UK, 
Scottish Widows Ltd., Scottish Widows Ltd. & Aviva 
Investors Real Estate Finance, Royal Bank of Scotland, 
Bank of Scotland and Barclays. The total bank borrowing 
facilities at 31 December 2022 amounted to £390.8 million 
(2021: £389.9 million) (before unamortised debt issuance 
costs), with £4.1 million available to be drawn. In addition 
to the bank borrowings, the Group has a £50 million 4.5% 
retail eligible bond, which is due for repayment in August 
2024. In aggregate, the total debt available at 31 December 
2022 amounted to £444.9 million (2021: £444.9 million).

At 31 December 2022, the Group’s cash and cash 
equivalent balances amounted to £50.1 million (2021: 
£56.1 million), of which £37.8 million (2021: £49.9 million) 
was unrestricted cash.

The Group’s net loan to value (“LTV”) ratio stands at 
49.5% (2021: 42.4%) before unamortised costs. The Board 
continues to target a net LTV ratio of 40%, with a targeted 
maximum limit of 50%.

Debt Profile and LTV Ratios as at 31 December 2022

Lender

Royal Bank of Scotland, Bank 
of Scotland & Barclays

Scottish Widows Ltd. & 
Aviva Investors Real Estate 
Finance

Scottish Widows Ltd.

Santander UK 

Retail eligible bond

Table may not sum due to rounding

Original 
facility 
£’000

Outstanding 
debt* 
£’000

Maturity 
date

Gross loan 
to value** 
%

128,000

125,676

Aug-26

50.8

Annual interest rate

%

2.40

over 3mth £ 
SONIA

165,000

165,000

Dec-27

52.0

3.28

Fixed

36,000

65,870

394,870

50,000

444,870

36,000

64,116

390,792

50,000

440,792

Dec-28

Jun-29

42.2

44.9

3.37

2.20

Fixed

over 3mth £ 
SONIA

Aug-24

NA

4.50

Fixed

The Managers continue to monitor the borrowing requirements of the Group. As at 31 December 2022, the Group had 
sufficient headroom against its borrowing covenants.

The net gearing ratio (net debt to Ordinary Shareholders’ equity (diluted)) of the Group was 96.9% as at 31 December 2022 
(2021: 76.4%).

Interest cover, excluding amortised costs, stands at 3.4 times (2021: 3.5 times) and including amortised costs, stands at 3.0 
times (2021: 3.0 times).

*   Before unamortised debt issue costs
** Based on Cushman and Wakefield property valuations

47

Hedging
The Group applies an interest hedging strategy that is aligned to the property management strategy and aims to mitigate 
interest rate volatility on at least 90% of the debt exposure.

Borrowings interest rate hedged

Thereof:

Fixed

Swap

Cap

WACD1

31 December 
2022 
%

31 December 
2021 
%

100.9

101.3

56.9

27.8

16.2

3.5

57.1

24.1

20.0

3.3

1 WACD – Weighted Average Effective Interest Rate including the cost of hedging.

Table may not sum due to rounding

The over-hedged position has arisen due to the entire Royal Bank of Scotland, Bank of Scotland & Barclays and Santander 
UK facilities, including any undrawn balances, being hedged by interest rate cap derivatives which have no ongoing cost to 
the Group.

Tax
The Group entered the UK REIT regime on 7 November 2015 and all of the Group’s UK property rental operations 
became exempt from UK corporation tax from that date. The exemption remains subject to the Group’s continuing 
compliance with the UK REIT rules.

On 9 January 2018, the Company registered for VAT purposes in England.

During 2022, the Group recognised a tax credit of £5,570 (2021: tax charge of £15,948), which comprised tax provisions 
for the year offset by releases of tax previously provided for in prior years which are now concluded and not payable.

48

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES 

Effective risk management underpins the execution of Regional REIT’s strategy, the positioning of the business for growth 
and maintaining the regular income over a long-term sustainable horizon.

Identification

Evaluation 

Mitigation

Risk Framework and Approach
The Board has overall responsibility for the Company’s 
system of risk management and internal controls. The 
Board recognises the importance of identifying and 
actively monitoring its risks, which include, but are not 
limited to: strategic, valuation, COVID-19, economic 
and political, funding, tenant, financial and tax charges, 
operational, regulatory, and environmental risks. Over 
the long term, the business will face other challenges and 
emerging threats for which it remains vigilant. 

The Board is supported by the Audit Committee in the 
management of risk. The Audit Committee is responsible 
for determining the principal risks facing the business 
and reviewing, at least annually, the effectiveness of the 
Company’s financial control, risk management and internal 
control processes. 

However, the Board also views the potential risks as 
opportunities which, when handled appropriately, 
can drive performance. Thus, having an effective risk 
management process is key to support the delivery of the 
Group’s strategy.

Approach to Managing Risk – 
Identification, Evaluation and 
Mitigation
The risk management process is focussed upon being risk 
aware and is designed to identify, evaluate, manage and 
mitigate, rather than eliminate, risks faced. The Company 
maintains a detailed and formal matrix of current principal 
risks, which uses risk scoring to evaluate risks consistently. 
This allows the risks to be monitored and mitigated as part 
of a risk management process with the Audit Committee 
undertaking, at a minimum on a six-monthly basis or more 
frequently if required, a robust evaluation of these risks 
facing the Group. 

Risks are identified and weighted according to their 
potential impact on the Company and to their likelihood 
of occurrence. The Audit Committee uses the risk matrix 
to prioritise individual risks, allocating scores to each risk 
for both the likelihood of its occurrence and the severity of 
its impact. Those with the highest gross rating in terms of 
impact are highlighted as top risks within the matrix and are 
defined as principal risks. 

While the Board believes that it has a robust framework of 
internal controls in place, this can provide only reasonable, 
and not absolute, assurance against material financial 
misstatement or loss and is designed to manage, not 
eliminate, risk. 

Hudson House, Derby

49

Risk Management Approach

Top-down

Oversight, 
identification, 
assessment and  
mitigation of risk

Board

Audit Committee

 Æ Responsible for regular 

oversight of risk 
management and for 
determining risk appetite

 Æ Responsible for the 
integrity of financial 
statements and internal 
controls

Management, Engagement 
and Remuneration 
Committee 

 Æ Reviews performance 

and makes 
recommendations 
regarding the ongoing 
appointment of all 
service providers to 
monitor and ensure 
effective performance 
across the organisation 
and mitigate any risks as 
appropriate

 Æ Recommends and 
monitors Director’s 
remuneration and 
appropriateness of 
fee levels and ongoing 
appointment of the 
Directors

Nomination Committee

 Æ Considers and 

formulates succession 
planning for the Board 
to ensure the effective 
functioning of the Board 
and the long-term 
success of the Company

 Æ Oversees the internal 
control framework 
and determines the 
nature and extent of 
the principal risks the 
Company is willing to 
assume in order to 
achieve its longer-term 
strategic objectives

 Æ Monitors the application 
of the Company’s risk 
framework 

 Æ Cascades risk appetite 

throughout the 
Company and its service 
providers

 Æ Provides strategic 

guidance to the Asset 
and Investment Manager 
regarding risk

 Æ Supports the Board in 
risk identification and 
management

 Æ Ensures transparency 
and effective oversight 
of financial risk

 Æ Responsible for ensuring 
oversight of the process 
by which risks relating 
to the Company and its 
operations are managed

 Æ Provides independent 
oversight of the 
effectiveness of 
the Company’s risk 
management and 
associated internal 
control environment

 Æ Reviews the risk matrix 
at least bi-annually

 Æ Reviews the 

effectiveness of the risk 
management framework 
and internal control 
systems, including the 
financial, operational 
and compliance 
processes and controls 
that are in place at 
the Company’s service 
providers to mitigate risk

Asset and Investment Manager

ESG Working Party 

 Æ Assist with the identification, monitoring and assessment of 

 Æ Identifies, manages, 

principal and emerging risks 

 Æ Monitor and evaluate risks and risk response plans against 

risk appetite and tolerance levels 

 Æ Provide risk information and assurance 

 Æ Provide guidance and training 

 Æ Facilitate risk escalations

 Æ Design, implement and evaluate the risk management and 
internal control systems of the Company and ensure its 
operational effectiveness

mitigates or where 
possible eliminates ESG 
risks

 Æ Ensures compliance 

with relevant statutory, 
regulatory and legal ESG 
requirements

 Æ Ensures compliance 

with ESG guidance and 
industry best practice

 Æ Responsible for the 

Company’s sustainability 
policy and associated 
KPIs

External Audit

Other service providers

 Æ Provides assurance on 
effectiveness of the risk 
programme, testing of key controls 
and risk response plans for 
principal and emerging risks

 Æ Provide additional guidance and support 

as appropriate

50

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
k
s
i
R

t
n
e
m
e
g
a
n
a
M
k
s
i
R

e
c
n
a
r
u
s
s
A
k
s
i
R

Bottom-up 

Identification, 
assessment and 
mitigation of risk 
at day-to-day 
operational level

Independent 
verification

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022 
 
 
PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES 
CONTINUED

Risk Appetite
The Board is responsible for defining the level of risk that 
the Company assumes and ensuring that it remains in-line 
with the Company’s strategy. Risk appetite is integral to the 
Board’s approach to risk management, business planning 
and decision making. The level and type of risk that the 
Company is willing to bear will vary over time.

The Board, in conjunction with the Asset Manager and 
Investment Manager, and with the latest information 
available, regularly reviews the risk appetite of the Company 
allowing a prompt response to identified emerging risks.

Changes to the Principal Risks
During Q1 2022, the devolved Governments’ reactions 
to Covid-19 continued to impact economic activity in 
the respective countries. However, with the reduction 
in Covid-19 transmission and the subsequent lifting of 
restrictions, economic activity increased resulting in a 
downgrade of the respective risk. 

The war in Ukraine has increased geopolitical tensions 
resulting in volatility in commodity prices, particularly 
energy related commodities, interrupted supply chains, 
and exacerbated inflationary pressures, all of which has 
increased economic headwinds.

Emerging Risks
The Board is cognisant of emerging risks defined as 
potential trends, sudden events or changing risks, which 
are characterised by a high degree of uncertainty in terms 
of probability of occurrence and possible effects on the 
Company. Once emerging risks become sufficiently clear, 
they may be classed as a principal risk and added to the 
risk matrix. 

To help manage emerging risks and discuss other wider 
matters affecting property, the Board has an annual 
strategy meeting. The Board considers having a clear 
strategy is the key to managing and mitigating emerging 
risk.

The Company’s principal risks consist of the ten most 
significant risks which are composed of eight strategic 
and two operational risks. The strategic risks relate to 
investment strategy, valuation, COVID-19, economics 
and political, funding, tenant, financial and tax changes, 
and environmental and energy efficiency standards; 
operational risk encompasses business disruption, and 
accounting, legal and regulatory.

The below list, in no particular order, sets out the current 
identifiable principal and emerging risks, including their 
impact and the actions taken by the Company to mitigate 
them. It does not purport to be an exhaustive list of all the 
risks faced by the Group. 

Portland Street, Manchester

51

Evolution of the 
trend during the year

Link to Strategy

Principal Risk Summary

Principal Risk

1. 

Strategic

2. 

Valuation

3. 

COVID-19

4. 

Economic and political

5. 

Funding

6. 

Tenant

7. 

Financial and tax changes

8.  Operational

9. 

Accounting, legal and regulatory

10.  Environmental and energy efficiency standards

Read more about the Company’s business model and strategy on pages 17 to 22, which are listed below:

Regions primed for growth

Investing in income  
producing assets

Geographically diverse portfolio

Active management of  
the properties

Highly experienced asset manager

Opportunistic approach to the 
property market

52

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES 
CONTINUED

1. Strategic

Movement in the period

Link to strategy 

Potential Impact

Mitigation

Movement in the period

An inappropriate investment strategy, and/
or failure to implement the strategy could 
result in lower income and capital returns 
to Shareholders.

•  A clearly defined investment strategy, 

which is reviewed annually.

•  A defined and rigorous investment 

appraisal process.

•  The property portfolio remains 
balanced across a range of 
geographical areas and a large number 
of investment properties.

•  Acquire portfolios, which offer 
Shareholders diversification of 
investment risk by investing in a range 
of geographical areas and number of 
properties.

•  Supply and demand market 

information is reviewed continuously to 
assist in acquisitions and disposals.

•  All the above steps are monitored to 
ensure the strategy is implemented.

•  Predominately, acquiring office 

•  The Group continues to purchase 

properties in the UK and outside of the 
M25 motorway. However, the Group 
may invest in property portfolios in 
which up to 50% of the properties (by 
market value) are situated within the 
M25 motorway.

•  No single property, in the ordinary 
course of business, is expected to 
exceed 10% of the Group’s aggregate 
Investment Properties valuation. 
However, the Board may, in exceptional 
circumstances, consider a property 
having a value of up to 20% of the 
Group’s investment property value at 
the time of investment.

properties in the UK outside the M25 
motorway.

•  300 Bath Street (2021: 300 Bath Street) 
is the highest valued property, which 
equates to 3.0% (2021: 3.0%) of the 
Group’s investment properties.

•  No more than 20% of the Group’s 

•  The Group’s largest single tenant 

investment property value shall be 
exposed to any single tenant or group 
undertaking of that tenant.

exposure is 2.4% (2021: 2.5%) of gross 
rental income, being Virgin Media Ltd 
(2021: Virgin Media Ltd.).

•  Speculative development (i.e., 

•  No speculative construction was 

properties under construction, but 
excluding any refurbishment works, 
which have not been pre-let) is 
prohibited.

•  The value of the properties is protected 
as far as possible by an active asset 
management programme, which is 
regularly reviewed against the business 
plan for each property.

undertaken during the year under 
review.

•  The Asset Manager continues to actively 
manage the investment properties in 
accordance with market conditions and 
the individual asset programme.

53

2. Valuation

Movement in the period

Link to strategy 

Potential Impact

Mitigation

Movement in the period

The valuation of the Group’s portfolio affects its 
profitability and net assets.

•  Cushman & Wakefield independently 

provides the valuation for the entire portfolio, 
valuing each individual asset.

•  The Company’s external valuer, Cushman & 
Wakefield, provide independent valuations 
for all properties on a six-monthly basis in 
accordance with the RICS Red Book.

•  The Audit Committee has the opportunity 
to discuss the basis of the valuations with 
the external valuer. The Audit Committee 
membership includes an experienced 
chartered surveyor.

•  The Asset Manager’s experience and 

extensive knowledge of the property market. 
The Asset Manager is able to challenge the 
external valuers’ findings.

•  The Company’s Auditor engages an 

independent third party to evaluate the 
Cushman & Wakefield valuation.

3. COVID-19

Movement in the period

Link to strategy 

Potential Impact

Mitigation

Movement in the period

The economic disruption resulting from 
COVID-19 and other societal health issues could 
continue to impact rental income; the ability 
of Valuers to discern valuations; the ability to 
access funding at competitive rates, adherence 
to banking covenants, maintain a progressive 
dividend policy, and adhere to the HMRC REIT 
regime requirements.

•  The Asset Manager continues to adapt and, 

•  The Group has continued to scrutinise all 

current risk mitigation approaches employed 
and to work closely with all parties. 

as required, to support tenants.

•  The property portfolio has been deliberately 
constituted to ensure a diverse range of 
tenants by standard industrial classification; 
which ensured the many tenants, being 
designated as essential services, continued to 
operate throughout the COVID-19 pandemic.

•  Close relationships with lenders ensuring 

continued dialogue around covenants and 
ability to access funding as required at 
competitive rates.

• 

Initial vetting of all third-party providers with 
annual due diligence reviews, including the 
review of business continuity capabilities to 
minimise when remote working has been 
necessitated. 

54

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES 
CONTINUED

4. Economic and 
Political

Movement in the period

Link to strategy 

Potential Impact

Mitigation

Movement in the period

Significant political events could impact the 
health of the UK economy, resulting in borrowing 
constraints, changes in demand by tenants for 
suitable properties, the quality of the tenants, 
and ultimately the property portfolio value.

•  The Group operates with a sole focus on 
the UK regions, with no foreign currency 
exchange exposure. It remains well 
positioned with a deliberately diverse 
standard industry classification of tenants 
generating 1,076 (2021: 1,077) income 
streams which are located in areas of 
expected economic growth. 

•  The Board receives advice on macro-

economic risks, including Brexit, from the 
Investment Manager and other advisers and 
acts accordingly.

•  There remains a risk that property valuations 
and the occupancy market may be impacted 
by change in the political landscape.

5. Funding

Movement in the period

Link to strategy 

Potential Impact

Mitigation

Movement in the period

The Group may not be able to secure further 
debt or on acceptable terms, which may impinge 
upon investment opportunities and the ability to 
grow the Group.

•  The Asset Manager has a corporate finance 
team dedicated to optimising the Group’s 
funding requirements.

•  Weighted average debt term decreased to 

4.5 years from 5.5 years in 2021.

•  Weighted average cost of capital, including 

•  Funding options are constantly reviewed 

hedging costs was 3.5% (2021: 3.3%).

with an emphasis on reducing the weighted 
average cost of capital and lengthening the 
weighted average debt to maturity. 

•  Borrowings are currently provided by a 

range of institutions with targeted staggered 
maturities. 

•  Strong relationships with key long-term 

lenders.

•  Continual monitoring of LTV.

•  Policy of hedging at least 90% of variable 
interest rate borrowings. Fixed, swapped 
and capped borrowing amounted to 100.9% 
(2021: 101.3%)

•  Borrowings are currently provided by a 

range of institutions with targeted staggered 
maturities. 

•  LTV increased to 49.5% from 42.4% as at 31 

December 2021.

•  Continued adherence to the hedging policy.

Bank reference interest rates may be set to 
become more volatile, accompanying volatile 
inflation.

Breach of covenants within the Group’s funding 
structure could lead to a cancellation of debt 
funding if the Company is unable to service the 
debt. 

•  The Asset Manager’s corporate finance team 

•  The Group continues to have sufficient 

reviews the applicable covenants on a regular 
basis and these are considered in future 
operational decisions.

headroom against the applicable borrowing 
covenants.

•  Compliance certificates and requested 
reports are prepared as scheduled.

55

6. Tenant

Movement in the period

Link to strategy 

Potential Impact

Mitigation

Movement in the period

Type of tenant and concentration of tenant could 
result in lower income from reduced lettings or 
defaults.

A high concentration of lease term maturity and/
or break options could result in a more volatile 
contracted rent roll.

•  An active asset management programme 

•  This risk remains stable in view of the 

with a focus on the Asset Manager working 
with individual tenants to assess any 
occupational issues and to manage any 
potential bad debts.

•  Diversified portfolio of properties let, where 
possible, to a large number of low-risk 
tenants across a wide range of standard 
industrial classifications throughout the UK.

•  Potential acquisitions are reviewed for tenant 
overlap and potential disposals are similarly 
reviewed for tenant standard industrial 
classification concentration.

increasing diversification of properties, 
tenants and geographies in the portfolio. 

•  The tenant mix and their underlying activity 
has continued to increasingly diversify, with 
the number of tenants amounting to 1,076 at 
the year-end (2021:1,077).

•  The portfolio lease and maturity 

•  The WAULT to first break as at 31 December 

concentrations are monitored by the 
experienced Asset Manager to minimise 
concentration.

•  There is a focus on securing early renewals 

and increased lease periods.

•  The requirement for suitable tenants and 

the quality of the tenant is managed by the 
experienced Asset Manager which maintains 
close relationships with current tenants and 
with letting agents. 

2022 was 3.0 years (2021: 3.0 years)

•  The largest tenant is 2.4% (2021: 2.5%) of 

the gross rental income, being Virgin Media 
Limited.

•  The Asset Management team remains vigilant 
to the financial well-being of our current 
tenants and continues to liaise with tenants 
and agents.

7. Financial and 
Tax Changes

Movement in the period

Link to strategy 

Potential Impact

Mitigation

Movement in the period

Changes to the UK REIT and non–REIT regimes 
tax and financial legislation.

•  The Board receives advice on these changes 
where appropriate and will act accordingly.

•  Advice is received from several corporate 
advisers, including tax adviser Grant 
Thornton UK LLP and the Group adapts to 
changes as required.

56

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES 
CONTINUED

8. Operational

Movement in the period

Link to strategy 

Potential Impact

Mitigation

Movement in the period

Business disruption could impinge on the normal 
operations of the Group.

•  The Asset and Investment Managers 

•  Both the Asset and Investment Managers 

each have contingency plans in place to 
ensure there are no disruptions to the core 
infrastructure which would impinge on the 
normal operations of the Group.

annually review their Disaster and Business 
Continuity Plans.

•  An annual due diligence exercise is carried 
out on all principal third-party service 
providers.

•  The annual due diligence visits were 

undertaken with the Company’s principle 
third-party service providers.

•  No concerns were identified from the visits. 

•  As an externally managed investment 

•  Both the Asset and Investment Manager are 

company, there is a continued reliance on the 
Asset and Investment Managers and other 
third-party service providers.

viable going concerns.

•  All acquisitions undergo a rigorous due 

diligence process and all multi-let properties 
undergo an annual comprehensive fire risk.

•  The impact of physical damage and 

destruction to investment properties is 
mitigated by ensuring all are covered by a 
comprehensive building, loss of rent and 
service charge plus terrorism insurance with 
the exception of a small number of “self-
insure” arrangements covered under leases.

•  The Asset Manager continues to monitor 
changes in Health and Safety regulations, 
including, where required, COVID-19 social 
distancing measures.

•  The Asset Manager reviews the adequacy of 

insurance cover on an ongoing basis.

Information security and cyber threat resulting 
in data loss, or negative regulatory, reputational, 
operational (including GDPR), or financial impact. 

•  The Asset and Investment Manager each 
has a dedicated Information Technology 
team which monitors information security, 
privacy risk and cyber threats ensuring their 
respective operations are not interrupted.

•  The Managers review the respective 

Information Technology polices and the 
material third party service suppliers on as 
required basis to ensure they reflect current 
and possible future threats.

•  As required the building management 

systems are reviewed for cyber security risk.

57

9. Accounting, Legal, 
and Regulatory

Movement in the period

Link to strategy 

Potential Impact

Mitigation

Movement in the period

Changes to accounting, legal and/or regulatory 
legislation, including sanctions could result in 
changes to current operating processes.

•  Robust processes are in place to ensure 
adherence to accounting, legal and 
regulatory requirements, including sanctions 
and Listing Rules.

•  All contracts are reviewed by the Group’s 

legal advisers.

•  The Administrator, in its capacity as Group 
Accountant, and the Company Secretary 
attend all Board meetings in order to be 
aware of all announcements that need to be 
made. 

•  All compliance issues are raised with the 

Financial Adviser.

•  The Group continues to receive advice from 
its corporate advisers and has incorporated 
changes where required.

•  The Administrator and Company Secretary 
continue to attend all Board meetings and 
advise on Listing Rule requirements in 
conjunction with the Corporate Broker and 
Financial Adviser.

Loss of REIT status

•  The HMRC REIT regime requirements are 
monitored by the Asset and Investment 
Manager, and external advisors including the 
Company’s tax adviser Grant Thornton UK 
LLP and its sub-administrator Link Alternative 
Fund Administrators Limited. 

•  The Group continues to receive advice from 
external advisers on any anticipated future 
changes to the REIT regime.

58

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES 
CONTINUED

10. Environmental and Energy 
Efficiency Standards

Movement in the period

Link to strategy 

Potential Impact

Mitigation

Movement in the period

The Group’s cost base could be impacted, and 
management time diverted, due to climate 
changes and associated legislation. 

•  The Board receives regular updates on 
environmental, social, governance and 
potential legislation changes from its 
advisers. 

•  Additional attention is currently being 
devoted to this area to ensure the 
appropriate approach is applied and 
embedded in Group activities.

•  The Group has engaged an environmental 

consultancy to assist with achieving 
and improving the Global Real Industry 
Sustainability Benchmark (GRESB). 

Changes to the environment could impact upon 
the operations of the Group.

•  Property acquisitions undergo a rigorous due 
diligence process, including an environmental 
assessment.

•  The rigour of the environmental assessments 
process continues to be reviewed with the 
aim of enhancing it.

•  The Asset Manager monitors the portfolio for 
any detrimental environmental impact, by 
way of frequent inspections of the properties, 
and the annual insurance review process.

An Energy Performance Rating of E and below 
may impact the Group’s ability to sell or lease 
an asset.

•  The Group continues to review each 

•  The Asset Manager is continually reviewing 

property to ensure adherence with Energy 
Performance Rating requirements.

•  The energy efficiency of investment 

acquisitions is fully considered as part of the 
due diligence process for the acquisition of a 
property.

the feasibility of enhancing Energy 
Performance Ratings to exceed the minimum 
requirement.

Changes to the Principal Risks and Uncertainties
The Board, via the Audit Committee, has reviewed and agreed the movement during the year for each of the identified 
principal risks and uncertainties following review of these risks, having considered the characteristics of these and the 
broader economic and geopolitical factors. The potential impact of these risks upon the Company's future strategy is 
considered on an ongoing basis.

59

GOING CONCERN AND VIABILITY STATEMENT 

Assessment of Review Period
The Board chose to conduct the review for a three-year 
period giving consideration to:

•  The Group’s WAULT of 3.0 years to first break.

•  The Group’s detailed forecast covering a rolling 

three-year period.

•  The Group’s weighted average debt to maturity was 

4.5 years as at 31 December 2022.

Assessment of Prospects and Viability
The financial planning process considers the Group’s 
profitability, capital values, LTV, cashflows, dividend cover, 
banking covenants and other key financial metrics over 
the three-year period. 

Furthermore, the Board, in conjunction with the Audit 
Committee, carried out a robust assessment of the principal 
risks and uncertainties facing the Group, including those 
that would threaten its business model, strategy, future 
performance, solvency or liquidity over the three-year 
period. The risk review process provided the Board with 
assurance that the mitigations and management systems 
are operating as intended. The Board believes that the 
Group is well positioned to manage its principal risks and 
uncertainties successfully, notwithstanding the current 
economic and political environment.

The Board’s expectation is further underpinned by the 
regular briefings provided by each of the Asset Manager 
and Investment Manager. These briefings consider market 
conditions, investment opportunities, the Company’s 
ability to raise third-party funds and deploy these 
promptly, changes in the regulatory landscape and current 
political and economic risks and uncertainties. These risks, 
and other potential risks which may arise, continue to be 
closely monitored by the Board.

Confirmation of Viability 
The Board confirms that it has a reasonable expectation that 
the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its 
liabilities as they fall due over the next three years, taking 
into account the Group’s current position and the principal 
risks and uncertainties.

The Directors have carefully reviewed areas of potential 
financial risk. The Directors have satisfied themselves that 
the Group has adequate financial resources to continue in 
operational existence for the foreseeable future.

Going Concern
The Directors confirm that they have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group has adequate resources 
to continue as a going concern. This expectation is 
underpinned by the Board having made an assessment 
of the Group’s ability to continue in operational existence, 
giving due consideration to the Group’s cash resources, 
borrowing facilities, rental income, acquisition and disposals 
of investment properties, elective and committed capital 
expenditure and dividend distributions.

The Group ended the year under review with £50.1 million 
of cash and cash equivalents, of which £37.8 million was 
unrestricted cash. The borrowing facilities remained 
compliant with all loan covenants, with an LTV of 
c. 49.5%, based upon the value of the Group’s investment 
properties as at 31 December 2022. Rental income 
collections remained robust with 98.7% of rent invoiced in 
the year collected as at 17 March 2023*.

Given the substantial amount of unrestricted cash currently 
held by the Group and, with the next borrowing due 
to mature being the Company’s Retail Eligible Bond in 
August 2024, the Directors are satisfied that the Group 
and Company have adequate resources to continue in 
operational existence for a period of at least 12 months from 
the date that these Financial Statements were approved. 

Based on the above, together with available market 
information, the Directors are not aware of any material 
uncertainties that may cast significant doubt upon the 
Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. Accordingly, 
the Directors consider that it is appropriate to continue to 
prepare the Financial Statements on a going concern basis.

Viability Statement 
In accordance with the Association of Investment 
Companies Code of Corporate Governance (the “AIC 
Code”) the Directors have assessed the prospects of the 
Group and future viability over a three-year period from 
the year end, being longer than the 12 months required 
by the going concern provision. The Board conducted 
the review with regard to the Group’s long-term strategy, 
principal risks and risk appetite, current position, asset 
performance and future plans. Following this review, the 
Board determined that three years to 31 December 2025 
is the maximum timescale over which the performance 
of the Group can be forecast with any material degree 
of accuracy and is therefore an appropriate period over 
which to consider the Group’s viability.

Achievement of the one-year forecast has a greater level 
of certainty and is used to set near-term targets across the 
Group. Achievement of the subsequent forecasted years 
is less certain than the one-year forecast. However, the 
Board’s forecast provides a longer-term outlook against 
which strategic decisions can be made.

* As at 17 March 2023, rent collections to 31 December 2022 amounted to 98.7%; actual rent collected 0.0%, monthly rents 0.0% and deals agreed of 0.0%.

60

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022“WE BELIEVE IN THE IMPORTANCE OF SUSTAINABILITY AND 
A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH TO MANAGING OUR PORTFOLIO, 
ENDEAVOURING TO EMBED ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND 
GOVERNANCE (“ESG”) IN BOTH OUR TRANSACTIONAL AND 
OPERATIONAL ACTIVITIES.

Throughout 2022, from the ESG Working Party to the appointment of non-executive director, 
Massy Larizadeh we have continued to strengthen the Company’s ESG capabilities, which we 
will build upon throughout 2023.”

Kevin McGrath 
Chairman

61

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
YEAR IN FOCUS
During 2022, the Company continued with its programme of ESG 
integration across the business, underpinned through its stewardship, in 
the choices and decisions it makes, and the ways in which it engages with 
and encourages sustainable practices by others.

Highlights from the year are as follows:
•  Appointed non-executive director Massy Larizadeh who has a particular 

interest in ESG matters.

•  The ESG Working Party which comprises of a non-executive board 

director and members from the Asset and Investment Managers met 
six times in 2022.

• 

Improved performance against the Company’s sustainability key 
performance indicators (“KPIs”).

•  The Asset Manager continued to issue new and updated policies 
and procedures, and practices were updated to better reflect our 
sustainability objectives.

• 

Included ESG criteria within due diligence procedures; in how the 
Company assesses and manages the performance of its assets and 
prospective investments; and who is chosen to engage and work with.

•  Purposefully engaged with our occupiers by promoting sustainable 

practices and also in the obligations they commit to; for example, by 
including green lease clauses within the contractual terms for all new 
leases issued for agreement.

•  Submitted the Company’s second GRESB assessment resulting in an 

increased score to 60 from 52.

•  Became a member of Better Buildings Partnership and the UK Green 

Building Council.

• 

Issued an EPRA sustainability performance report achieving a bronze 
award.

Linford Wood Business Park, Milton Keynes

62

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 
CONTINUED

Admiral House, Sunderland

•  Continue to support occupiers and suppliers to adopt a 
more sustainable means of travel by installing electric 
vehicle charging points and bicycle storage/changing 
facilities.

•  Through the Asset Managers fit-out guide and 

asset specifications, the Company promote greater 
circularity, encouraging recycling and reuse, responsible 
sourcing, the use of low carbon embodied materials, 
limiting resource use, avoiding virgin raw material 
use, and eliminating waste to land fill or incineration 
where possible.

•  Transition standard lease terms on renewals and new 
leases to green leases which include seeking to agree 
cooperation and reporting obligations on parties to 
share environmental performance data; allow landlord 
access to verify environmental performance; impose 
sustainability criteria on fit-outs, repairs, maintenance 
and dilapidations; and encourage reductions in 
resource use.

•  Continue with the Asset and Investment Managers 

work in the community through the charities supported 
and served, while ensuring they remain the best and 
most closely aligned to the Company’s ESG objectives 
and outcomes.

•  Remote access metering is being installed across the 
multi-let portfolio allowing for detailed energy data 
capture. The Company in party with the Company’s ESG 
advisors is establishing a carbon footprint, which will 
provide the base of the net zero carbon programme.

Year Ahead
The sustainability landscape continues to evolve at pace 
with the transition from voluntary reporting to statutory 
reporting on sustainability. The relevance and importance 
of sustainability reporting is increasingly evidenced by 
governments publishing disclosure requirements and 
aligning with reporting standards, such as those currently 
being formulated by the International Sustainability 
Standards Board.

The Company’s programme of work for the coming year 
is mindful of the changing ESG landscape and continues 
to focus on greater ESG integration across the business, 
improving its ESG performance, its stewardship and being 
transparent in how it performs.

Some examples of the programme of work for the year 
ahead are:

•  Detailed review followed by action to manage and improve 
the Energy Performance Certificates (EPCs) and alignment 
with the Minimum Energy Efficiency Standard (MEES).

•  Tackle areas highlighted for improvement from the 2022 
GRESB assessment, with the aim of continuing to improve 
our GRESB performance against other benchmarks.

•  Continue to integrate ESG criteria into due diligence 
enquiries, the obligations the Company requires 
from its key suppliers and associates, and in the 
measurements used to track performance.

•  Continue with the energy efficiency strategies to 

reduce energy consumption and support a low carbon 
portfolio; source renewable energy supplies; install 
on-site renewables; upgrade to energy efficient plant 
and machinery through retrofitting, refurbishment and 
fit-out, and by encouraging occupiers to adopt their 
own energy efficient mitigations.

63

ESG Working Party Report
The membership of the ESG Working Party is made up 
of a non-executive director and members of the Asset 
Manager and the Investment Manager. The Working Party 
updates the Board on its progress. External ESG and 
energy consultants are invited to attend and support the 
ESG Working Party by undertaking specific pieces of work.

The Board has delegated its authorities to the ESG 
Working Party to:

•  Assist the Board in defining and regularly reviewing 

the Company’s strategy relating to ESG and in setting 
relevant key performance indicators.

•  Develop and regularly review the policies, procedures, 
practices and initiatives relating to ESG matters and 
ensure they remain effective, relevant and consistent 
with industry best practice.

•  Have oversight of the management of ESG matters 

and compliance with relevant statutory, regulatory and 
legal requirements and applicable ESG rules, industry 
standards and guidelines.

•  Have oversight of responses to investor requests on 

ESG matters.

•  Report on these matters to the Board and, where 
appropriate, make recommendations to them.

In undertaking this role, the ESG Working Party duties 
include assessing effectiveness in identifying, managing, 
mitigating and, where possible, eliminating ESG risks and 
ensuring compliance with relevant statutory, regulatory 
and legal requirements as well as applicable ESG rules, 
industry standards and guidelines.

In 2022 the ESG Working Party focused on the processes 
and steps necessary for embedding ESG across the 
Company and its subsidiaries and the role of the Company 
in its ESG stewardship through its investments, external 
relationships and interactions.

The ESG Working Party also oversaw the Company’s 
second GRESB Standing Investments Assessment EPRA 
sustainability performance reporting, and its response to 
the Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures 
(TCFD) in improving reporting of climate-related financial 
information. The Working Party was also responsible 
for preparing the Company’s sustainability policy and 
relevant KPIs.

Manchester Green, Manchester

64

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 
CONTINUED

United Nations Sustainable 
Development Goals
The United Nations Sustainable Development Goals are 
comprised of 17 interlinked global goals that provide a 
blueprint for a sustainable future. The Board recognise its 
role in supporting the global transition to sustainable living 
as envisioned by the goals. The Board is kept appraised of 
the ESG by the ESG Working Party and discusses ESG issues 
at its regular board meetings. The Board has taken the 
decision to align the Company with four goals where the 
Company believes it can make the biggest impact.

These are:

Set out below is a summary of the Company’s progress against the goals which are particularly significant to the Company.

3. Good health and well-being

8. Decent Work and Economic Growth

11. Sustainable Cities and Communities

13. Climate Action

65

The Company promotes good health and well-being via its 
services and interactions with its occupiers, suppliers and 
the communities within which it operates.

The Asset Manager has been awarded a Great Place to 
Work certificate.

A tenant survey was undertaken in 2022, incorporating 
questions of an ESG nature to better understand our 
occupiers wishes.

Through the Asset Managers Occupier Fit-out Guide 
recommendations and guidance are provided on steps 
that can be taken for the health and well-being of building 
users and how they can be achieved.

Life saving Automated External Defibrillators (AEDs) are 
being installed across the multi-let estate. Their location 
will be registered on Defib finder https://www.defibfinder.
uk/ allowing accessibility to the local community.

The Company provides and manages facilities that 
generate opportunities for enterprises to grow and 
support job creation. In the Company’s acquisitions 
and refurbishments, it promotes sustainable resource 
consumption, reuse and recycling, and in its engagements 
with others.

The Company invests in and manages property and 
real estate assets across identified growth cities and 
centres across the regions of the UK outside of the M25 
motorway. Its investment and management strategy is to 
ensure that they are sustainable and, through the facilities 
and opportunity offered, make a beneficial contribution to 
the communities the Company is part of and serves.

The Company is taking action across its portfolio to 
mitigate the harmful effects of climate change. Energy 
audits are being undertaken of all assets, implementing as 
appropriate energy efficiency strategies to support a low 
carbon portfolio.

Sustainability in Action
Improving the Energy Performance of the Company’s Assets
Through the refurbishment programmes, the Company has continued improving the amenity of its assets and their 
environmental and energy performance. Examples include:

Buildings 1 & 2, Rivermead Court, 
Clevedon – EPC B
The two office buildings (28,047 sq. ft.) were acquired 
during August 2018 with EPC ratings of D. The Asset 
Manager has subsequently refurbished the buildings, with 
improvements including new variable refrigerant flow (VRF) 
systems, suspended ceilings, LED lighting, and modernised 
the toilet and shower facilities. The EPC ratings have 
upgraded to a B Rating.

30-34 Hounds Gate, Nottingham –  
EPC B
The former Victorian mill (34,583 sq. ft.) was acquired 
during May 2016 with an EPC of D. A phased programme 
of work has recently been completed to install a heating, 
ventilation and air conditioning system, and upgrading the 
lighting, resulting in the EPC rating being upgraded to a 
projected B on refurbished suites.

Investment Due Diligence
The Company has broadened its investment due diligence to include sustainability criteria which feed into its decision 
making. This includes:

Environmental:

Social:

Governance:

The position insofar as the environmental footprint of an 
investment is concerned. Current usages and impacts; the 
maturity of systems and mitigations in place to eliminate 
or reduce those impacts; environmental risks and their 
severity; and the prospects and opportunities for change.

The social impacts and opportunities of an investment. 
Health and wellness criteria; air quality and its monitoring; 
physical attributes such as access to daylight, low noise 
pollution and social space. The availability of local 
amenities, close public transport and energy efficient 
means of travel, electric vehicle charging and parking.

The assessment and mitigation of risks, for example 
environmental and biodiversity risks; physical, natural 
and social economic risks. Sustainability framework 
and strategies in place for the investment and their 
relative performance. Financial, legal and operational 
obligations and impacts. Environmental classifications 
and certifications.

66

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
CONTINUED

Working with the Community

During the year, the Company continued to support 
and work with a number of charities and not-for-profit 
organisations that are making an impact in the 
communities and the regional locations where the 
Company operates.

On 12 October 2022, the Asset Manager organised the 
LSPIM Charity Challenge a sponsored cycle from Glasgow 
to Edinburgh. Twenty five members of staff participated 
in the 62 mile route along The Union and Forth & Clyde 
Canals canal to Edinburgh. The event raised £9,565, which 
the Asset Manager matched achieving £19,130 in total for 
the five selected charities: Glasgow Children’s Hospital 
Charity, Beatson Cancer Charity, Glasgow South West 
Foodbank, NappiRunz and Aoife’s Sensory Bus.

On 1 October 2022, a team from the Asset Manager 
participated in the Great Scottish Run. The course started 
at George Square, Glasgow before taking runners past 
some of Glasgow’s iconic buildings and parks and finished 
in Glasgow Green. The team raised £1,360 for Glasgow 
Children’s Hospital Charity.

Through the month of December 2022, the Asset Manager organised food banks across a number of the portfolio 
properties. The charitable activity was organised in conjunction with local food bank charities such as Glasgow 
SE Foodbank, Burgreave Foodbank, Manchester Central Foodbank, The Everlasting Foodbank and Star Project.

67

On 12 October 2022, the Investment Manager as a lead 
sponsor of the October Club charity, helped to organise a 
charity dinner which raised some £820,000. Each year the 
October Club selects a different charity and endeavours 
to transform its fortunes. In 2022 Empire Fighting Chance 
(“EFC”) was selected. It engages with disaffected 
youth through non-contact boxing and intensive 
personal support.

The Company is pleased to continue to support three 
charities by providing each of them with 5,000 square feet 
of free office space in Manchester, allowing them to focus 
on their core purpose and help those most in need. The 
services they are providing offer much needed support:

• 

In community wellness and mental health support. 
Delivering a range of primary care mental health 
services, drop-in support and therapy services for NHS 
commissioning bodies; and

•  Safe and culturally familiar environments for women 
who are at personal risk or escaping violence; and

•  To local not-for-profit organisations by providing 

partnership working and shared space.

Kassia Passmore, an 18 year old ambassador of Empire 
Fighting Chance, delivering the key speech at the October 
Club charity fund raising dinner.

68

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 
CONTINUED

Data Performance

A. Key Performance Indicators (“KPIs”)
During the year, the ESG Working Party recommended the following KPIs. 

Boundary KPIs 

Whole Portfolio Boundary
1.  To reduce total portfolio absolute emissions to net zero by 2050 in accordance with the Paris climate agreement and 

to strive to achieve this in a shorter timescale.

  Remote access metering is being installed across the multi-let portfolio allowing for detailed energy data capture. The 
Company in party with the Company’s ESG advisors is establishing a carbon footprint, which will provide the base of 
the net zero carbon pathway.

2.  To achieve, in accordance with current guidelines and expected future statutory requirements, a Minimum Energy 

Efficiency Standard (‘MEES’) target of EPC B by 2030. During 2022 the Company undertook a portfolio-wide audit of all 
EPCs as part of its strategic response to MEES. The EPC performance data was as follows:

Rating

A-B

C

D-E

Other

Exempt (listed building)

31 December 
2021 

31 December 
2022

Movement

9.9 %

33.0%

46.4%

4.6%

6.1%

16.9%

33.3%

40.0%

3.1%

6.7%

7.0%

0.3%

(6.4)%

(1.5)%

0.6%

One North Bank, Sheffield

69

Landlord Controlled Boundary

KPI

2021 Performance

2022 Performance

Improvement in 2023

All properties to be serviced 
by renewable energy 
sources.

54% of all electricity 
consumption has been 
from green sources.

100% of all electricity 
consumption has been 
derived from green sources.

Since April 2020, the 
substantial majority of 
supply contracts for 
electricity supplies have 
been green.

Install electric vehicle 
charging points across the 
portfolio or as requested by 
occupiers.

By the end of 2021, 22 
sites provided 77 charging 
points.

Eliminate waste  
to landfill

Data for 2021 shows that, 
of 742 tonnes of waste 
generated across sites, 492 
tonnes was recycled. The 
balance was sent for energy 
recovery either for refuse 
derived fuel (246 tonnes) or 
at an anaerobic digestion 
facility (4 tonnes). No waste 
went to landfill.

Reduce water consumption  Through the use of the 
Asset Manager’s fit-out 
guide and refurbishments, 
the Company is targeting 
reductions in water 
consumption. This is 
primarily through the use 
of water-saving equipment 
devices, and by sharing best 
practice guidance with the 
Company’s users, occupiers 
and suppliers.

Of the targeted six 
additional sites for 2022, 
two have been added with 
a further 24 charging points 
added to the portfolio 
capacity.

Of the 92 sites where data 
is available a total of 1,529 
tonnes of non-hazardous 
waste generated, with 711 
tonnes being recycled.

The balance was sent for 
energy recovery either for 
refuse derived fuel (758 
tonnes) or at an anaerobic 
digestion facility (0.95 
tonnes). Waste sent to 
landfill amounted 0.15 
tonnes.

Continued the programme 
set out in 2021.

Energy use data coverage

Metering now covers 
70 properties.

The Company is working to 
ensure half-hourly energy 
performance data coverage 
and that reporting is fully 
implemented and available 
for electrical and gas energy 
supplies by 2025.

The Company will continue 
to reduce the portfolio’s 
reliance on energy 
sourced from fossil fuels; 
taking the opportunity 
to convert properties to 
green energy sources 
during refurbishment 
programmes.

Site surveys and 
conversations continue with 
providers and occupiers to 
accelerate the programme 
of installations.

The target is to provide all 
multi-let sites with electric 
vehicle charging points by 
2025.

Continue to increase data 
collection for the remaining 
sites and increase the 
proportion recycled.

Targeting data collection 
across a large proportion 
of the portfolio from 
which to monitor and 
take correcting actions to 
minimise wastage. During 
refurbishment work the 
Company will take the 
opportunity to install water 
saving equipment.

Continue to increase the 
metering programme, 
where possible at a unit 
level to allow greater 
monitoring and corrective 
action as applicable.

70

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 
CONTINUED

Occupier Boundary

KPI

2021 Performance

2022 Performance

Engage with occupiers during lease 
negotiations to incorporate green 
clauses into new leases

The Company is promoting 
incorporating green lease clauses 
into lease agreements. These include 
cooperation and reporting obligations 
to share and obtain environmental 
performance data and impose 
sustainability criteria.

As a matter of course all new 
Company leases include a green 
clause, setting out cooperation and 
reporting obligations to share and 
obtain environmental performance 
data and impose sustainability 
criteria.

Engage with all occupiers annually on 
ESG issues

The Company regularly engages with 
its occupiers, at least annually, and 
is now including ESG as part of that 
engagement.

In addition, to the property managers 
engaging with occupiers, a tenant 
survey was undertaken in 2022, 
incorporating questions of an ESG 
nature to better understand our 
occupiers wishes.

71

B. Task Force for Climate-related Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”) 
While the Company is not required to report against the TCFD, being an investment trust and consequently not yet 
within the scope of the regulation, the Company has voluntary complied with the recommendation as a reflection of its 
ongoing commitment to sustainability matters.

As with other sustainability disclosures, the Company expects the required disclosures to evolve in accordance with 
increased understanding around climate change risks.

Governance

Recommendation

The Board’s oversight of climate-related risks and 
opportunities

Board’s role in assessing and managing climate-related 
risks and opportunities

Commentary

The Board has ultimate responsibility for oversight of the 
Company’s risks and opportunities. This includes those 
that are climate related.

In undertaking its work, the Board has delegated its 
authorities on climate-related risk identification to the 
Audit Committee. The Audit Committee, which met 
three times in 2022, is responsible for overseeing the 
maintenance of the Group’s Risk Register, which includes 
the principal risks and uncertainties, see pages 49 to 59. 
The Audit Committee reports on its activity to the Board 
after each meeting.

In addition, to the Audit Committee, an Environmental, 
Social and Governance (“ESG”) Working Party has been 
established comprising of members of the Board, the Asset 
and Investment Manager and external advisors as required.

The Audit Committee has similarly delegated its 
authorities on climate-related risk to the ESG Working 
Party.

The ESG Working Party met six times in 2022 and as 
required provided updates and recommendations to 
the Board.

The climate-related risks are included in the Company 
Risk Register, which is reviewed by the Audit Committee.

The Board has ultimate responsibility for assessing 
and managing climate-related oversight of risks and 
opportunities.

The Board has delegated its authorities on climate-related 
risk to the Audit Committee, which assesses and evaluates 
risk against the risk appetite established by the Board. 
Risk assessment is undertaken through risk profiling and 
scoring both prior to and post risk mitigation, to establish 
whether identified risks are improving, worsening or 
static and evaluated against the appropriateness of the 
mitigation strategies in place.

The Audit Committee shares its assessments and findings 
with the Board for the Board’s consideration.

72

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 
CONTINUED

Strategy

Recommendation

Commentary

Climate-related risks and opportunities identified over the 
short, medium and long term.

Climate–related risks are considered over the short, 
medium and long term as set out below. 

Short term (0–5 years):

• 

• 

• 

Increasing ESG legislation and compliance

Integration of ESG into business model

Implementation of new Minimum Energy Efficiency 
Standards

•  Portfolio climate adaption and retrofitting

Medium term (5–10 years):

•  Portfolio occupier demand for buildings with higher 

levels of efficiency, climate resilience, and lower carbon 
footprints

• 

Increased legislation requiring adherence

Long term (10+ years):

•  Continued legislation requirements

•  Climate change which may impact the portfolio

The Board has identified that climate-related risks could 
impact the Company by:

•  Properties becoming unfit for purpose and asset 

stranding

• 

Income and expenditure impacts arising from 
climate-related mitigation strategies

•  Lessened or improved desirability of its properties

•  Pricing of properties

•  Ability to access funds

•  Cost of capital

•  Reputation in the context of climate-related aspects

The Company’s aims to embed a sustainable ethos 
throughout a properties lifecycle. From mitigating 
climate risks at the point of purchase, by undertaking 
environmental assessment to endeavouring to extend the 
life of the portfolio assets. The rolling capital expenditure 
and refurbishment programme aims to improve existing 
buildings, including energy efficiency, enhanced EPC 
ratings, carbon and waste reduction.

The climate-related strategy is to: reduce energy 
consumption and increase energy efficiencies; source 
renewable energy supplies; support a low carbon 
portfolio; install on-site renewables, improve efficiencies 
through retrofitting, refurbishment and fit-out; and, 
where carbon emissions cannot be eliminated, investigate 
the possible use of verified carbon offsetting strategies.

The Board tests the resilience of its strategies through 
regular performance updates and adjusts its strategies 
where it determines change is needed.

Identify impact of climate-related risks and 
opportunities upon the Company’s strategy, 
operations and financial planning.

Resilience of the organisation’s strategy, taking into 
consideration different climate-related scenarios, 
including a 2°c or lower scenario.

73

Risk Management

Recommendation

Commentary

Integrate processes for identifying, assessing, and 
managing climate-related risks into the Company’s overall 
risk management.

Effective risk management underpins the execution of the 
Company’s strategy.

The Board is supported by the Audit Committee, which via 
the Company risk register aims to capture the principal 
risks and uncertainties, including climate related risk.

Board meetings are held at least quarterly and Audit 
Committee meetings at least bi-annually, with ad hoc 
meetings called as circumstances demand.

Any identified climate-related risk would be managed 
appropriately by the Board in the future as the 
need arises.

Metrics and Targets

Recommendation

Commentary

Metrics used by the Company to assess climate-related 
risks and opportunities are in line with its strategy and 
risk management process.

Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2, and, if appropriate, Scope 3 
greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, and the related risks.

Targets used by the Company to manage climate-related 
risks and opportunities and performance against targets.

The Company reports in line with: 

•  The GRESB Standing Investments Benchmark; and

•  EPRA Sustainability Best Practices Recommendations 

for sustainability reporting. 

EPRA performance tables are detailed later in this 
Sustainability Report.

The Company reports Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions 
in accordance with EPRA recommendations and as set 
out for the years 2019, 2020 and 2021 separately in this 
Report. The GHG assessment for the year to 31December 
2022 will be published separately to this Report.

Through the ESG Working Party, the Company has 
established key performance indicators and targets as 
set out elsewhere in this report. The ESG Working Party 
measures performance against the targets and will report 
its findings to the Board.

C.  EPRA Sustainability Best Practices Recommendations
The Company has chosen to report its material, ESG data in accordance with the third edition of the European Public 
Real Estate Association (‘EPRA’) Best Practices Recommendations (“sBPR”), September 2017.

EPRA is a non-profit association representing Europe’s publicly listed property companies. By responding to EPRA, 
the Company is promoting sustainability within the property portfolio, while also identifying opportunities for further 
improvements relating to sustainability regulations and initiatives.

This EPRA report is over three sections:

1.  Overarching recommendations; 

2.  Environmental performance measures; and

3.  Social and Governance performance measures.

74

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 
CONTINUED

1.  Overarching Recommendations
Organisational boundaries
The Company’s EPRA sustainability reporting covers properties held as at 31 December 2022. At the date of this report, 
the Company is finalising the collection of performance data to report on the environmental performance measures to 
31 December 2022. The Company expects this to be published and made available in the second half of 2023. For the 
purposes of this report, environmental performance data is restricted 2021, 2020 and 2019.

Coverage
The coverage of absolute performance measures amounts to 64% of all property assets held at 31 December 2021. The 
remaining assets are single or multiple occupancy assets with no landlord-obtained electricity gas and water (“Utilities”).

The absolute performance measures relate to electricity, fuels and associated greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions where 
the Company procures Utilities for common areas, shared services, occupier areas and those properties that are vacant.

Like-for-like performance measures include properties for which the Company has collected three years’ worth of 
consistent data – and excludes properties sold, acquired or under development during the period: 1 January 2019 to 
31 December 2021. The like-for-like portfolio therefore represents 73% of the assets covered in the organisational 
boundaries, and data coverage is 100% of these properties. Data collected was during the COVID-19 pandemic at which 
time properties were not fully occupied or utilised.

The Company aims to complete annual health and safety assessments for 100% of the assets, excluding those where 
the responsibility for health and safety assessments is with the occupier.

Boundaries – Reporting on Landlord and Occupier Consumption
The energy and associated GHG emissions data reported includes:

•  Electricity and fuel consumption which the Company purchases as landlord covers common areas, shared services 

and occupier areas where this consumption is not sub-metered but recharged via the service charge;

•  Utilities procured directly by occupiers is excluded as it falls outside the Company’s operational control.

Estimation of landlord-obtained Utility Consumption
All data is based on invoices and/or meter readings where available. Estimations have been applied where invoices were 
not available at the time of publication. In these instances, the Company has estimated the consumption data based on 
the most recent invoice or reading for the corresponding period.

75

Analysis – Normalisation
Energy and emissions intensity indicators are calculated using floor area sq. ft. for whole buildings. 

The Company is aware of a mismatch between the numerator and denominator, as in some properties the utilities 
consumption relates to common areas only, and in others it covers both shared services, outside space and occupier 
areas where there are no sub-meters.

Analysis – Segmental Analysis (by Property Type, Geography)
Sector analysis is organised by the property classification as set out in the Asset Management section of the Company’s 
financial reporting. Additional segmental analysis by geography is not applicable as all assets are in the United Kingdom.

Reporting Period
•  Absolute performance measures and intensity metrics are reported for the most recent reporting year for which the 

Company holds full reporting data at the date of this report (year ending 31 December 2021).

•  Like-for-like performance measures are reported for the three most recent reporting years that the Company can 

collect consumption data for (years ending 31 December 2019, 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2021).

Disclosure on Manager’s Offices 
Utilities associated with the Manager’s office consumption and the Manager’s employee-related performance measures 
are excluded, apart from where the Manager’s space is leased from the Company, as they fall outside the scope of the 
organisational boundaries. 

Data Verification and Assurance
All data is reviewed for consistency and coherence prior to disclosure.

Materiality
The following EPRA sustainability performance measures were not considered material and have therefore been 
excluded from reporting:

•  District heating or cooling (“DH&C”); absolute & DH&C-like for like: No DH&C is procured across the portfolio.

•  Diversity-Emp; Diversity-Pay; Emp-Training; Emp-Dev; Emp-Turnover & H&S-Emp: The Group has no direct employees. 
All administrative functions associated with the management of the portfolio are conducted by the Managers, which 
are separate legal entities and therefore outside the organisational boundaries of this report.

•  Waste-absolute & Waste-like for like: Operational waste is generated solely by the occupiers and is therefore outside 
of the Company’s control. Waste generated through the Company’s refurbishment/development activities is excluded 
from the scope of the EPRA sBPR.

76

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 
CONTINUED

2.  Environmental Performance Measures

EPRA 
Code

Performance 
Measures

Elec-Abs 
Assets

Total Electricity 
Consumption

Unit

kWh

Elec-Lfl

Fuels-Abs 
Asset

Total fuel 
consumption

kWh

Fuels-LfL 
Asset

Energy-Int 
Asse

Building 
energy 
intensity

kWh/
m2/
year

GHG-Dir-
Abs Ass

Total direct 
GHG emissions

tonnes 
CO2e

GHG-Indir-
Abs A

Total indirect 
GHG emissions

tonnes 
CO2e

GHG-Int 
Assets 

Greenhouse 
gas (GHG) 
emissions

kg 
CO2e/
m2/
year

Waste LfL

Total weight 
of waste by 
disposal route

metric 
tonnes

Scope

Total 
landlord 
obtained

Total 
landlord 
obtained

Building 
energy 
intensity 

Scope 1 
– direct 
emissions

Scope 2 
– indirect 
emissions

(location-
based)

Scope 
1 and 2 
(location 
based) 
intensity 

Absolute 
2020 

Absolute 
2021

LfL 
2019/ 
2020

LfL 
2020/ 
2021

LfL 
Change 
%

28,190,411

31,085,466

27,566,403

24,806,758

(9.98)

20,187,507

25,920,890

15,608,834

14,952,000

(4.21)

86.99

98.13

80.2

84.33

5.15

4,113

5,261

3,180

3,035

(4.57)

6,572

6,600

6,425

5,267

(18.01)

19.21

21.33

17.54

17.61

0.38

n/a

1,549

n/a

n/a

n/a

The performance measures for 2019 and 2020 have been updated to reflect the increased data coverage of the portfolio.

The 2019 and 2020 Scope 1 natural gas emissions calculation methodology has been revised to incorporate a more relevant emissions factor.

77

3.  Social and Governance Performance Measures

EPRA Code

Performance Metric

Unit of 
Measurement

2020

Diversity-
Emp 
Corporate

Employee gender diversity

% female: male The organisation 

has no 
employees

2021

2022

The organisation 
has no 
employees

The organisation 
has no 
employees

Diversity-Pay 
Corporate

Ratio of the basic salary and/
or remuneration of men to 
women

Ratio per GRI 
guidelines

The organisation 
has no 
employees

The organisation 
has no 
employees

The organisation 
has no 
employees

Emp-
Training 
Corporate 

Emp-Dev 
Corporate

Emp-
Turnover 
Corporate 

H&S-Emp 
Corporate 

H&S-Asset 
Assets*

H&S-Comp 
Assets 

Comty-Eng 
Assets

The average hours 
of training that the 
organisation’s employees 
have undertaken

The percentage of total 
employees who received 
regular performance and 
career development reviews

Average hours

The organisation 
has no 
employees

The organisation 
has no 
employees

The organisation 
has no 
employees

Percentage 
of total 
employees

The organisation 
has no 
employees

The organisation 
has no 
employees

The organisation 
has no 
employees

The total number and rate 
of new employee hires and 
employee turnover

Total number 
and rate

The organisation 
has no 
employees

The organisation 
has no 
employees

The organisation 
has no 
employees

Injury rate, 
lost day rate, 
absentee 
rate and 
work-related 
fatalities

Percentage of 
assets

Description 
of non-
compliance

The organisation 
has no 
employees

The organisation 
has no 
employees

The organisation 
has no 
employees

100%

100%

100%

The organisation 
has not 
identified any 
non-compliance 
with regulations 
and/or voluntary 
codes

The organisation 
has not 
identified any 
non-compliance 
with regulations 
and/or voluntary 
codes

Percentage of 
assets

n/a

n/a

The occupational health 
and safety performance of 
the reporting organisation 
with relation to its direct 
employees

Proportion of assets for 
which health and safety 
impacts have been reviewed 
or assessed for compliance 
or improvement

Incidents of non-compliance 
with regulations and/
or voluntary standard 
concerning the health 
and safety impacts of 
assets assessed during the 
reporting period.

Assets under operational 
control that have 
implemented local 
community engagement, 
impact assessments and/or 
development programmes

* For multi-let properties.

Governance Performance Measures

EPRA Code

Description

Disclosure

Gov-Board

Composition of highest governance body

Refer to pages 87 to 88 of this report

Gov-Selec

Process for selection of highest governance body

Refer to pages 102 to 106 of this report

Gov-COI

Process for management of conflicts of interest

Refer to page 105 of this report

78

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022SECTION 172 STATEMENT

Stakeholder Engagement and 
Board Decision Making
The Board is required to understand the views of the 
Company’s key stakeholders and describe in the Annual 
Report how their interests and the matters set out in 
Section 172 of the UK Companies Act 20061 have been 
considered in Board discussions and decision making, in 
accordance with the AIC Code. This section of the UK’s 
Companies Act requires the Directors to have regard to 
the following matters:

•  the likely consequences of any decision in the long 

term;

•  the interests of the Company’s employees*;

•  the need to foster the Company’s business relationships 

with suppliers, customers and others;

•  the impact of the Company’s operations on the 

community and the environment;

•  the Company’s reputation for high standards of 

business conduct; and

•  the need to act fairly as between members of the 

Company.

Effective engagement with stakeholders underpins good 
governance and creates long-term Shareholder value. The 
importance of stakeholder considerations, in particular 
in the context of decision making, is taken into account 
at every Board meeting. All discussions involve careful 
consideration of the longer-term consequences of any 
decisions and their implications for stakeholders. The 
relevance of each stakeholder group may increase or 
decrease by reference to the issue in question, so the 
Board seeks to understand the needs and priorities of 
each group during its discussions. Examples of material 
matters discussed during the year are set out in the 
Chairman’s Statement on pages 12 to 15 and below. In 
addition, the Investment Strategy and Business Model set 
out on pages 17 to 22 gives examples of how we approach 
each specific element of our strategy which supports the 
business model, including an explanation of our values 
and approach.

Examples of the Board having taken into consideration its 
stakeholders in decisions are set out below: 

Our Stakeholders
As the Company is an externally managed REIT and does 
not have any employees, the Board believes that the 
Company’s key stakeholders comprise, in no particular 
order, its Occupiers, Shareholders, Managers, other 
Service Providers and Lenders. The section below sets out 
why these stakeholders are considered of importance to 
the Company and the actions taken to ensure that their 
interests are taken into account.

Tenants
The ability of the Company to meet its investment 
objective requires a strong focus on generating income 
from the property portfolio. To do this, the Company 
must understand its tenant needs, challenges and future 
aspirations to retain lettings and lease renewals. The 
Company has engaged a dedicated property manager, 
London and Scottish Property Asset Management Limited 
(“LSP”) to manage the day-to-day property management 
and tenant interaction. LSP regularly visits properties 
and communicates with existing tenants to understand 
their needs and improve their satisfaction. This improves 
retention rates and also attracts prospective tenants. 

During the year, the Asset Manager continued to engage 
with tenants to understand their needs during the crisis. 
The Board firmly believes that, by supporting tenants now 
and strengthening existing relationships, the Company will 
have improved future occupancy levels, which in turn will 
maintain and generate income for the Company.

The Asset Manager reports at a high level on its 
engagement with tenants at every Board meeting.

The Board recognises that the Company has certain 
responsibilities to its stakeholders and the wider society. 
As an externally managed REIT, the Company itself does 
not have employees. However, the Company aims to 
conduct itself responsibly, ethically and fairly. Further 
details can be found on pages 61 to 78.

1  Although Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 does not apply to the Company, being a Guernsey incorporated company, the AIC Code requires that the matters stated 

under Section 172 are reported on by all companies irrespective of domicile. 

* not applicable to the Company as it has no employees.

79

Shareholders
Continued Shareholder support and engagement are 
critical to the existence of the Company and the delivery 
of its long-term strategy. The Board’s primary focus is to 
promote the long-term success of the Company for the 
benefit of its Shareholders as a whole. The Board oversees 
the delivery of the investment objective, policy and 
strategy, as agreed by the Company’s Shareholders. The 
Board welcomes all Shareholders’ views and aims to act 
fairly between all Shareholders.

The Board is committed to maintaining open channels of 
communication and engagement with Shareholders, and, 
in particular, institutions and wealth managers, which is 
given a high priority by both the Board and the Managers. 
The Chairman ensures that the Board as a whole has 
a clear understanding of the views of Shareholders 
by receiving regular updates and feedback from the 
Company’s Corporate Broker and Financial Adviser and 
Managers on shareholder matters.

Meetings are held with institutional Shareholders, private 
Shareholders, wealth managers, and sell-side equity 
analysts to present the Group’s financial and operational 
results and to discuss the strategy and business model, as 
well as the UK regional commercial property market.

The Company also encourages investors and analysts to 
utilise its online facilities and communications and has 
developed a comprehensive website of Group-specific 
information and other information generally useful to real 
estate investment trust investors and analysts.

The Investment Manager regularly participates in Investor 
Relations programmes to raise the profile of the Company 
and to attract new Shareholders.

The Managers and the Company’s Corporate Broker 
and Financial Adviser are in regular contact with major 
Shareholders, which includes meetings and roadshows. 
The Managers report the results of all meetings and the 
views of those Shareholders to the Board on a regular 
basis. At every Board meeting, the Directors receive an 
investor relations update from the Investment Manager 
on the share trading activity, share price performance and 
any Shareholder feedback, as well as an update from the 
Investment Manager on any publications or comments by 
press and analysts. The Chairman and the other Directors 
are available to attend these meetings with Shareholders if 
required. Relations with Shareholders are also considered 
as part of the annual Board evaluation process. For further 
details regarding this process see pages 103 to 104.

All Shareholders are encouraged to vote at the AGM, 
during which the Board and the Managers intend to 
make themselves available to discuss issues affecting the 
Company and answer any questions. The Asset Manager 
generally delivers a presentation on the Company’s 
performance and the future outlook at the AGM.

Shareholders ordinarily have an opportunity to meet the 
Directors and to ask the Managers or any of the Directors 
questions at the AGM. Shareholders wishing to raise 
questions or concerns directly with the Chairman, Senior 
Independent Director or Company Secretary, outside of 
the AGM, should do so using the contact details provided 
on page 174.

The Company releases regular trading updates and 
announcements to the market regarding performance. 
The Annual Report and Half-Year report are made 
available on the Company’s website, together with other 
communications to Shareholders. These reports provide 
Shareholders with a clear understanding of the Company’s 
performance and financial position. This information is 
supported by regular announcements on activity within 
the property portfolio, such as lettings, lease extensions 
and acquisitions announced via the London Stock 
Exchange, which are also available on the Company’s 
website. Following the announcement of the Company’s 
full and half-yearly results, a presentation is held for 
analysts and investors.

The Asset Manager and Investment 
Manager
The performance of both the Asset Manager and 
Investment Manager is critical for the Company to 
successfully deliver its investment strategy and meet its 
objective to provide Shareholders with an attractive total 
return of greater than 10% per annum.

Maintaining a close and constructive working relationship 
with the Managers is crucial as the Board and the 
Managers aim to achieve the investment objective. 
Important components in the collaboration with the 
Managers, representative of the Company’s culture, are:

•  Encouraging open discussion with each of the 

Managers;

•  Recognising that the interests of Shareholders and the 
Managers are for the most part well aligned, adopting 
a tone of constructive challenge, balanced when those 
interests are not fully congruent by robust negotiation 
of their terms of engagement;

•  Drawing on Board Members’ individual experience 
to support the Managers in the monitoring and 
development of the property portfolio;

•  Supporting the Managers in their philanthropic 

activities; and

•  Willingness to make the Board Members’ experience 
available to support the Managers in the sound long-
term development of its business and resources, 
recognising that the long-term health of the Managers 
is in the interests of Shareholders in the Company.

The Board receives presentations from the Asset Manager 
at every Board meeting to help it to exercise effective 
oversight of the Asset Manager and the Company’s 
strategy.

On behalf of the Company’s Shareholders, the 
Management Engagement and Remuneration 
Committee (the “MERC”) conducts an annual review of 
the performance of the Asset Manager and Investment 
Manager. More details on the conclusion of this review are 
set out on page 113.

80

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022Board Decision-Making
The major decisions taken by the Board during 2022 
are summarised below and show how the Board had 
regard to its stakeholders and the longer-term success of 
the Company: 

Principal Decision – 2022 Dividend

The Board is committed to paying a full year dividend of 
6.60pps (2021: 6.50pps), conscious of its commitment 
to Shareholders to maintain an uninterrupted quarterly 
dividend.

Principal Decision – Appointment of  
Non-Executive Director

On 1 June 2022, as part of ongoing succession 
planning, the Board appointed Ms Massy Larizadeh as 
Non-Executive Director following an extensive search, 
interview and recruitment process.

The Nomination Committee, with the assistance of 
recruitment firm Nurole, shortlisted and interviewed 
potential candidates. The Committee concluded 
that Ms Larizadeh was a standout candidate given 
her high calibre background and experience, whilst 
also demonstrating an understanding that acting in 
the Company’s shareholders’ best interests was of 
paramount importance.

SECTION 172 STATEMENT 
CONTINUED

Other Service Providers
The Company’s day-to-day operational functions are 
delegated to a number of third-party service providers, 
each engaged under separate contracts. The Company’s 
principal third-party service providers include the 
Company Secretary, Corporate Broker and Financial 
Adviser, Administrator, Legal Adviser, Tax Adviser and 
the Registrar. The Company relies on these reputable 
advisers for support in complying with all relevant legal 
and regulatory obligations. The Board maintains regular 
contact with its key third-party service providers, taking 
a constructive and positive approach to working with 
these service providers with the aim of building long-term 
relationships. Their advice, as well as their needs and 
views, are routinely taken into account. 

The Audit Committee reviews and evaluates the control 
environments in place at the key third-party service 
providers. Further details regarding the role of the 
Audit Committee are set out on pages 107 to 110. The 
MERC formally assesses the performance of third-party 
service providers, fees and continuing appointment at 
least annually to ensure that the key third-party service 
providers continue to function at an acceptable level. 
Further information about the review of third-party service 
providers is set out on page 113.

Lenders
Availability of funding and liquidity are crucial to the 
Company’s ability to take advantage of investment 
opportunities as they arise. 

The Company maintains strong relationships with current 
lenders, providing regular updates on at least a quarterly 
basis, and also maintains regular contact with prospective 
lenders to ensure it is well placed to secure additional 
funding when required. 

Considering how important the availability of funding is, 
the Company aims to demonstrate to lenders that it is a 
well-managed business, and in particular, that the Board 
focuses regularly and carefully on the management of risk.

The above mechanisms for engaging with stakeholders 
are kept under review by the Board and will be discussed 
on a regular basis at Board meetings to ensure that they 
remain effective.

81

MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS 

The Board has overall responsibility for the Company’s activities, including the review of investment activity and 
performance and the control and supervision of all suppliers of services to the Company, including the Asset Manager 
and Investment Manager. It is also responsible for the determination of the Company’s investment policy and strategy 
and the Company’s system of internal and financial controls, including ensuring that commercial risks and financing 
needs are properly considered and that the obligations of a public limited company are adhered to.

To assist the Board in the day-to-day operations of the Company, arrangements have been put in place to delegate 
authority for the performance of day-to-day operations of the Company to the Asset Manager, Investment Manager and 
other third-party service providers.

The Asset Manager and Investment Manager are in frequent contact with the Board and the Asset Manager supplies the 
Directors with regular updates on the Company’s activities and detailed reports at each Board meeting.

Asset Manager
The Asset Management Agreement was assigned to 
London & Scottish Property Investment Management 
Limited on 3 May 2019 from an existing entity within 
the Asset Manager group following a restructure. The 
Asset Manager is engaged to provide asset management 
services to the Company, Regional Commercial Midco 
Limited (“Midco”) and the respective Group limited 
companies which hold the properties directly.

Under the Asset Management Agreement, the Asset 
Manager is responsible for the day-to-day asset 
management of the Property Portfolio, subject to the 
investment objectives of the Company, its investment 
policy (as set out on page 18) and the overall supervision 
of the Board. The Asset Manager will also advise the 
Company on the acquisition, management and disposal of 
the Group’s properties.

In view of the resilient returns of the Company and 
the significant increase in its size, the Board sought to 
secure the services of the managers. In doing so, the 
Management Engagement and Remuneration Committee 
conducted a review to ensure that the terms of these 
agreements remained appropriate. The Management 
Engagement and Remuneration Committee sought advice 
from Peel Hunt LLP, the Company’s Financial Adviser and 
Broker, and Macfarlanes LLP, the Company’s Legal Adviser. 
Following this review, which included comparisons of 
Shareholder returns against those of its peer group 
and consideration of the interests of the Company; 
the Company and the Managers each agreed to waive 
their right to issue a termination notice on or before 
3 November 2022 and the management agreements will 
now continue in force until 3 November 2026.

Notwithstanding the above terms, the Asset Management 
Agreement may be terminated with immediate effect in 
certain circumstances, including a material unremedied 
breach by the Asset Manager.

The Company or Midco may terminate the Asset Management 
Agreement with immediate effect by giving written notice 
to the Asset Manager in the event of the liquidation or 
insolvency (or analogous event) of the Asset Manager.

At any time after the first date on which the EPRA NTA 
exceeds £750,000,000, the Board and the Asset and 
Investment Manager may decide, with the approval of 
an ordinary resolution (upon which neither the Asset 
Manager nor its associates may vote) that individuals 
providing the services under the Asset Management 
Agreement are to become an internal resource of the 
Company in lieu of the appointment of the Asset Manager 
under the Asset Management Agreement.

Property Manager
London & Scottish Property Asset Management Limited 
has been appointed to manage the day-to-day property 
management of each property within the Portfolio. A 
Property Management fee of 4%, based upon the gross 
rental yield, is charged per annum.

Investment Manager and Alternative 
Investment Fund Manager
The Company has appointed Toscafund Asset 
Management LLP as the Company’s Investment Manager 
(and to provide certain related services to Midco and the 
respective companies which hold property directly). The 
Investment Manager is responsible for the day-to-day 
management of the Company’s investments, subject to 
the investment objective and the investment policy of the 
Company. The Investment Manager is also the Alternative 
Investment Fund Manager (“AIFM”) under the Alternative 
Investment Fund Managers Directive (“AIFMD”).

In view of the resilient returns of the Company and 
the significant increase in its size, the Board sought to 
secure the services of the managers. In doing so, the 
Management Engagement and Remuneration Committee 
conducted a review to ensure that the terms of these 
agreements remained appropriate. The Management 
Engagement and Remuneration Committee sought advice 
from Peel Hunt LLP, the Company’s Financial Adviser and 
Broker, and Macfarlanes LLP, the Company’s Legal Adviser. 
Following this review, which included comparisons of 
Shareholder returns against those of its peer group 
and consideration of the interests of the Company; 
the Company and the Managers each agreed to waive 
their right to issue a termination notice on or before 
3 November 2022 and the management agreements will 
now continue in force until 3 November 2026.

82

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS  
CONTINUED

Notwithstanding the above terms, the Investment 
Management Agreement shall terminate with immediate 
effect in certain circumstances, including the Investment 
Manager ceasing for any reason to be authorised under 
Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 to carry out the 
regulated activity of managing an AIF, or the Investment 
Manager committing a material breach of its obligations 
either (i) not capable of being remedied (after the 
Company has served notice to terminate) or (ii) which is 
capable of being remedied and failing to remedy the same 
within 30 days after service of notice by the Company 
requesting the same to be remedied.

At any time after the first date on which the EPRA NTA 
exceeds £750,000,000, the Board and the Investment 
Manager may decide, with the approval of an ordinary 
resolution (upon which neither the Investment Manager 
nor its associates may vote) that individuals providing the 
services under the Investment Management Agreement 
are to become an internal resource of the Company in lieu 
of the appointment of the Investment Manager under the 
Investment Management Agreement.

Management and Performance Fees
The Asset and Investment Managers are each entitled, in 
every financial year (or part thereof), to 50% of an annual 
management fee on a scaled rate. Following a review 
by the Management Engagement and Remuneration 
Committee and having sought advice from Peel Hunt 
LLP, the Company’s Financial Adviser and Broker, the 
Company and the Asset and Investment Managers agreed 
to amend the terms of the annual management fees 
charged, by reducing to: (i) 1.1% of the EPRA NTA up to 
and equal to £500,000,000; (ii) 0.9% of EPRA NTA above 
£500,000,000 and up to or equal to £1,000,000,000; (iii) 
0.7% of EPRA NTA above £1,000,000,000 and up to or 
equal to £1,500,000,000; and (iv) 0.5% of EPRA NTA above 
£1,500,000,000. Previously the annual management fee 
charged was on a scaled rate of 1.1% of the Company’s 
EPRA NTA, reducing to 0.9% on net assets over 
£500,000,000. The fee shall be payable in cash quarterly in 
arrears.

In addition, the Asset and Investment Managers are 
each entitled to 50% of a performance fee. The fee is 
calculated at a rate of 15% of Total Shareholder Returns 
in excess of the annual Hurdle Rate of 8% for the relevant 
Performance Period. Total Shareholder Returns for any 
Performance Period consist of the sum of any increase or 
decrease in EPRA NTA per Ordinary Share and the total 
dividends per Ordinary Share declared in the Performance 
Period. Performance Periods are annual, from 1 January to 
31 December. Any performance fee payable for the period 
commencing 1 January 2019 and subsequent periods is to 
be paid in part 34% in cash and 66% in Ordinary Shares. Any 
Ordinary Shares issued to the Managers are to be issued at 
the prevailing price per Ordinary Share on the date of issue.

A performance fee is only payable in respect of a 
Performance Period where the EPRA NTA per Ordinary 
Share exceeds the high-water mark, which is equal to the 
greater of the highest year-end EPRA NTA per Ordinary 

83

Share in any previous Performance Period or the Placing 
Price (100p per Ordinary Share). Full details of the 
Managers’ Performance Fee are given on pages 157 and 158 
of the Company’s Prospectus, published on 24 June 2019.

Performance Fee
No performance fee crystallised for the performance fee 
period from 1 January 2022 to 31 December 2022.

Continuing Appointment of Asset 
Manager and Investment Manager
The Board keeps the performance of both the Asset 
Manager and Investment Manager under continual review. 
The MERC, comprising the independent non-executive 
Directors, conducts an annual review of the performance 
of the Asset Manager and Investment Manager. Further 
details can be found on page 113.

It is considered that the Asset Manager and Investment 
Manager has each executed the Company’s investment 
strategy according to the Board’s expectations. 
Accordingly, the Directors believe that the continuing 
appointment of London & Scottish Property Investment 
Management Limited as the Asset Manager of the 
Company and Toscafund Asset Management LLP as 
the Investment Manager of the Company, on the terms 
agreed, is in the best interests of the Company and its 
Shareholders as a whole.

Administrator
The Company appointed Jupiter Fund Services Limited 
as the Administrator to the Company pursuant to 
an Administration Agreement. Under the terms of 
the Administration Agreement, the Administrator is 
responsible for the Company’s general administrative 
functions such as maintaining the Company’s records 
and statutory registers and acting as the Company’s 
Designated Administrator. The Administrator has 
outsourced certain of its services under the Administration 
Agreement to Link Alternative Fund Administrators 
Limited as Sub-Administrator. An annual fee of £138,340 
is payable by the Company to the Administrator and 
Sub-Administrator in respect of these services.

The Administration Agreement was for an initial term of one 
year, following which it automatically renews for 12-month 
periods unless notice of termination is served by either 
party at least 90 days prior to the end of each period.

Company Secretary
Link Company Matters Limited was appointed to provide 
company secretarial services to the Company pursuant 
to a Company Secretarial Services Agreement. This 
agreement automatically renews for 12-month periods 
unless notice of termination is served by either party at 
least six months prior to the end of each period.

OTHER INFORMATION

Principal Activity
The Company has been incorporated for the purpose 
of investment in, holding and managing commercial 
property investments, or debt portfolios secured on 
such properties, which are located predominately in the 
regional centres of the UK outside the M25 motorway.

Status
The Company is incorporated in Guernsey, Channel 
Islands, and is registered with the Guernsey Financial 
Services Commission as a Registered Closed-Ended 
Collective Investment Scheme pursuant to the Protection 
of Investors (Bailiwick of Guernsey) Law 1987, as amended 
and the Registered Collective Investment Schemes Rules 
2018. It is a member of the AIC.

Status for Taxation
In accordance with the Guernsey economic substance 
legislation effective 1 January 2019, the Company has 
opted for Non-Tax Resident status. This status allows the 
Company to distribute or accumulate income without 
deduction of Guernsey income tax.

During the year, the Company’s properties have been held 
in various subsidiaries and associates.

The Company is registered for VAT purposes in England.

The Company does not provide US tax reporting 
information to shareholders.

Shareholders who are in any doubt concerning the 
taxation implications of a REIT should consult their own 
tax advisers.

Culture
The Board has established core values for the Company 
that align with the Company’s purpose, culture and 
strategy. These are set out on page 3. The Directors 
are aware that establishing and maintaining a healthy 
corporate culture amongst the Board and in its interaction 
with the Managers, Shareholders and other stakeholders 
will support the delivery of its purpose and investment 
strategy.

The Board’s culture itself is one of openness, collaboration 
and transparency of debate. The Directors are comfortable 
to give their opinions in a respectful environment, 
allowing challenge and constructive discussion. The Board 
maintains a desire for strong governance and diversity of 
thought. All Directors act with integrity, lead by example 
and seek to promote the Company’s culture through 
ongoing dialogue and engagement with its stakeholders.

The Board seeks to appoint appropriate service providers 
and, through the MERC, evaluates their service on a 
regular basis as described on page 113. Their ongoing 
appointments are not only reflective of their performance 
by reference to their contractual and service level 
obligations, but also take into account the extent to 
which their individual corporate cultures align with those 
of the Company. The Board considers the culture of 
the Managers and other stakeholders, including their 
practices and behaviour, relationships with the Board and 
through regular reporting from these stakeholders, and 
in particular during the annual review of the performance 
and continuing appointment of all service providers.

On behalf of the Board

Kevin McGrath
Chairman

27 March 2023

84

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
87
Board of Directors 

Report of the Directors 

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 

Corporate Governance Statement 

Audit Committee Report 

Nomination Committee Report 

Management Engagement and  
Remuneration Committee Report 

Directors’ Remuneration Report 

Independent Auditor’s Report 

Appendix 1: Auditor’s responsibilities for  
the audit of the financial Statements 

89

95

97

107

111

113

115

117

122

85

86

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022BOARD OF DIRECTORS

William Eason 
(Senior Independent  
Non-Executive Director) 
Appointed: 16 October 2015

Daniel Taylor 
(Independent  
Non-Executive Director)
Appointed: 16 October 2015

William (“Bill”) Eason was previously head of 
charities with Quilter Cheviot and, before that, 
with Laing & Cruickshank. He had managed 
diversified high net worth portfolios since 1973 
and became a member of the London Stock 
Exchange in 1976. Bill was chief investment 
officer at Laing & Cruickshank Investment 
Management and has acted as chairman of 
Henderson High Income Trust plc, a non-
executive director of The European Investment 
Trust plc and senior independent director 
of Henderson International Income Trust 
plc. Bill is currently a director of Institutional 
Protection Services Limited. He is a Chartered 
Fellow of the Chartered Institute for Securities 
and Investment. Amongst his charitable 
roles, Bill has acted as a governor of Henley 
Management School and is currently a trustee 
of Marshall’s Charity, The Gordon Foundation, 
the John Hampden Fund and a business fellow 
of Gray’s Inn. 

Daniel (“Dan”) Taylor is the chairman of 
Westchester Capital Limited, an investment 
and advisory firm specialising in real estate. 
Dan currently holds the role of managing 
director of Bourne Office Space Group 
Limited, a serviced office business based in 
London, in which Westchester Capital is a 
principal investor. From 2011 to 2015, Dan 
was chairman of AIM-listed Avanta Serviced 
Office Group plc, then the UK’s second largest 
serviced office provider. Prior to this, he 
was managing director of media financier 
Grosvenor Park Media, Inc. for whom he 
managed a US$400 million investment joint 
venture with Fortress Investment Group LLC. 
From 1989 to 1999, Dan was president and 
founder of Victoria Asset Management Inc., 
an investment company in Houston, Texas, 
specialising in distressed real estate assets. 
Dan started his professional career as a 
financial analyst with Bank of America in San 
Francisco, and then as vice president at First 
Boston Inc.

Dan has held directorships for various private 
and listed companies involving investment 
management, corporate finance and 
corporate governance roles. Dan is currently 
a non-executive director of Queen’s Club. Dan 
graduated from Stanford University in 1980.

Kevin McGrath MRICS 
DL OBE (Chairman and 
Independent  
Non-Executive Director)
Appointed: 16 October 2015

Kevin McGrath is chairman of M&M Property 
Asset Management LLP, having previously 
been managing director and senior adviser 
of F&C REIT Asset Management. Prior to F&C 
REIT, Kevin was a founding equity partner 
in REIT Asset Management, a property 
investment, finance and asset management 
partnership, which managed a global 
commercial property portfolio. 

Previous to REIT Asset Management, Kevin 
was a senior investment surveyor with 
Hermes Investment Management, the fund 
manager for British Telecommunications and 
Post Office Pension Schemes. Before that, he 
worked for various local authorities in a variety 
of property-related positions and prior to that 
he worked in manufacturing and banking.

Kevin is a member of the Royal Institute of 
Chartered Surveyors and the Worshipful 
Company of Chartered Surveyors and is 
a Freeman of the City of London. He has 
worked in the property industry for almost 
40 years and graduated from the Polytechnic 
of the South Bank with a BSc (Distinction) 
in Estate Management and obtained a 
postgraduate diploma in Property Investment 
(Award Winner) from the College of Estate 
Management Reading.

Kevin was appointed an Officer of the Most 
Excellent Order of the British Empire in the 
Queen’s 2016 Birthday Honours List for 
Services to Charities. He was The High Sheriff 
of the County of Greater London for 2014/15 
and is the Representative Deputy Lieutenant 
for the London Borough of Hammersmith 
and Fulham. Kevin was awarded an Honorary 
Degree of Doctor of the University from the 
University of Surrey in 2017 in recognition of 
an outstanding contribution to the Arts and 
an Honorary Degree of Doctor of Letters from 
the London South Bank University 2022 in 
recognition of an outstanding contribution to 
Charity and Business.

He is a founder Trustee of The Clink Prison 
Restaurant Charity; Trustee of the Moorfields 
Eye Hospital Charity; Vice Chair of The QPR 
Sport in The Community Trust; and Chair of 
QPR Women’s Football Club.

8787

 
Stephen Inglis 
(Non-Executive 
Director)
Appointed: 16 October 2015

Tim Bee  
(Non-Executive 
Director)
Appointed: 7 July 2017

Stephen Inglis is the founder 
and chief executive officer of 
the Asset Manager. He has 
over 30 years’ experience in the 
commercial property market, 
the majority of which spent 
working in the investment and 
development sector. His career 
to date has been split between 
London and Scotland and he has 
extensive knowledge of the UK 
regional property markets. He is 
a chartered surveyor and became 
a member of RICS in 2001 and 
is also a Board member of the 
Investment Property Forum.

Tim Bee is the Investment 
Manager’s chief legal counsel. He 
joined the Investment Manager in 
May 2014 having previously been 
a corporate partner at two leading 
London-based law firms where 
he advised on a wide range of 
transactions for public and private 
companies, financial institutions 
and fund managers. He qualified 
as a solicitor in 1988 and has 
extensive experience in mergers 
and acquisitions, equity capital 
markets and financial services.

Frances Daley 
(Independent  
Non-Executive 
Director) 
Appointed: 1 February 2018

Massy Larizadeh  
(Independent  
Non-Executive 
Director)
Appointed: 1 June 2022

Frances Daley is a chartered 
accountant who qualified with a 
predecessor firm to Ernst & Young 
LLP. She subsequently spent nine 
years in corporate finance with 
Royal Bank of Canada and Ernst 
& Young, followed by 18 years 
in various chief financial officer 
roles, principally in the licensed 
retail sector (10 years) and in 
healthcare. From 2007 to 2012, 
she was group finance director of 
the private equity backed Lifeways 
Group, the UK’s largest provider 
of specialist support to adults with 
learning disabilities and mental 
health needs.

Ms Daley is a non-executive 
director of Henderson 
Opportunities Trust Plc and 
chair of Barings Emerging EMEA 
Opportunities PLC.

Ms Daley graduated from 
Cambridge University in 1980 with 
a degree in Land Economy.

Massy has 30 years’ experience 
in the financial services sector, 17 
of which were within commercial 
real estate, working for 
companies such as GE Real Estate, 
Cushman & Wakefield Investors, 
and Deloitte Real Estate. Prior to 
that Massy spent a number of 
years at GE Capital in M&A in the 
US and across Europe, having 
started her professional career 
in the City at Morgan Stanley 
International.

Massy is a non-executive director 
of Orbit Group, a large national 
housing association, and London 
& Partners, a social enterprise 
responsible for attracting and 
promoting international trade, 
investment and tourism directed 
to the London economy. She is 
also a Trustee of UP Projects, a 
charity focused on bringing art 
into the public domain, which is 
part funded by the Arts Council 
England.

Massy has a Bachelor degree 
from the Wharton School of the 
University of Pennsylvania and an 
MBA from INSEAD in France.

8888

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022REPORT OF THE DIRECTORS

The Directors of Regional REIT are pleased to present their report and
the consolidated audited financial statements of the Group for the year
ended 31 December 2022.

Corporate Governance
The Corporate Governance Statement on pages 97 to 106 
forms part of this report.

Directors
All Directors of the Company were in office during the year 
and at the date of this report. Their full biographies can be 
found on pages 87 and 88. Details of the Directors’ terms 
of appointment can be found in the Corporate Governance 
Statement and the Directors’ remuneration report.

None of the Directors or any persons connected with 
them had a material interest in the transactions and 
arrangements of, or the agreement with, the Managers 
during the year, other than Mr Inglis who is the Chief 
Executive Officer and Founder of London & Scottish 
Property Investment Management, the Company’s Asset 
Manager and Mr Bee who is the Chief Legal Counsel 
of Toscafund Asset Management LLP, the Company’s 
Investment Manager and are not therefore considered to 
be independent. 

In the event of any conflict between their positions as 
Chief Executive Officer and Founder of London & Scottish 
Property Investment Management (the Company’s Asset 
Manager) and Chief Legal Counsel of Toscafund Asset 
Management LLP (the Company’s Investment Manager), 
Mr Inglis and Mr Bee respectively will comply with the 
provisions in the Company’s Articles of Incorporation 
concerning the declaration of Directors’ interests and 
authorisation of conflicts of interest and any other limits 
or conditions imposed by the Board.

All Directors will stand for re-election at the 2023 AGM in 
accordance with the Company’s Articles and the AIC Code, 
with the exception of Ms Massy Larizadeh who will stand 
for election by shareholders.

The Directors ensure that they maintain their continuing 
professional development in accordance with the 
requirements of their respective professions as well as 
receiving briefings from the Company Secretary and other 
advisers on a regular basis.

Front row :  Massy Larizadeh, Kevin McGrath, Frances Daley and William Eason.
Back row :  Daniel Taylor, Stephen Inglis and Tim Bee.

8989

Directors
There is no requirement under the Company’s Articles of Incorporation or the terms of their appointment for Directors 
to hold shares in the Company.

The beneficial interests of the Directors of the Company are set out in the table below:

At 31 December 2022

At 27 March 2023

Number of 
Ordinary Shares

% Interest in  
share capital

Number of 
Ordinary Shares

% Interest in  
share capital

505,072

225,000

717,541

147,257

2,336,117

277,031

47,700

0.10

0.04

0.14

0.03

0.45

0.05

0.01

505,072

225,000

717,541

147,257

2,336,117

277,031

47,700

0.10

0.04

0.14

0.03

0.45

0.05

0.01

Director

Kevin McGrath*

William Eason 

Daniel Taylor**

Frances Daley 

Stephen Inglis***

Tim Bee****

Massy Larizadeh

* Held by himself, his spouse and children.
** Held by himself, his spouse and children.
*** Held by himself, spouse and family trust.
**** Held beneficially by his spouse.

Share Capital
As at 31 December 2022, the Company’s total issued 
share capital was 515,736,583 Ordinary Shares 
(2021: 515,736,583).

All of the Company’s Ordinary Shares are listed on the 
premium segment of the London Stock Exchange and each 
Ordinary Share carries one vote.

There is only one class of Ordinary Shares in issue for the 
Company, in adherence to the REIT requirements. The only 
other shares the Company may issue are particular types 
of non-voting restricted preference shares, of which none 
(2021: none) are currently in issue.

At the AGM held on 25 May 2022, the Directors 
were granted authority to allot Ordinary Shares on a 
non-pre-emptive basis for cash up to a maximum number 
of 25,786,829 Shares (being 5% of the issued Share capital 
on 20 April 2022). The Directors were also granted the 
authority to disapply pre-emption rights in respect of the 

allotment of Ordinary Shares up to a maximum number 
of 25,786,829 Shares (being 5% of the issued Share capital 
on 20 April 2022) where the allotment of such Shares is 
for the sole purpose of financing an acquisition or other 
capital investment as defined by the Pre-Emption Group’s 
Statement of Principles.

No Shares were issued under these authorities during the 
year under review, and the authorities will expire at the 
Company’s 2023 AGM where resolutions for their renewal 
will be sought, or, if sooner, on 25 August 2023.

At the AGM held on 25 May 2022, the Company was 
authorised to purchase up to a maximum of 51,573,658 
of its own Ordinary Shares (being 10% of the Company’s 
issued Share capital on 20 April 2022).

No Shares have been purchased under this authority 
during the year under review, which will expire at the 
Company’s 2023 AGM where a resolution for its renewal 
will be sought, or, if sooner, on 25 August 2023.

90

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022REPORT OF THE DIRECTORS 
CONTINUED

Restrictions on the Transfer of Shares
Subject to the Articles, as well as applicable foreign 
securities laws, a Shareholder may transfer all or any of 
their Ordinary Shares in any manner which is permitted by 
Guernsey law or in any other manner which is from time 
to time approved by the Board.

If any Ordinary Shares are owned directly, indirectly or 
beneficially by a person believed by the Board to be a 
“Non-Qualified Holder” (see below), the Board may give 
notice to such person requiring them either: (i) to provide 
the Board within 30 days of receipt of such notice with 
sufficient satisfactory documentary evidence to satisfy the 
Board that such person is not a Non-Qualified Holder, or (ii) 
to sell or transfer their Ordinary Shares to a person who is 
not a Non-Qualified Holder within 30 days and within such 
30 days to provide the Board with satisfactory evidence of 
such sale or transfer and pending such sale or transfer, the 
Board may suspend the exercise of any voting or consent 
rights and rights to receive notice of or attend any meeting 
of the Company and any rights to receive dividends or 
other distributions with respect to such Ordinary Shares. 
Where condition (i) or (ii) is not satisfied within 30 days after 
the serving of the notice, (i) the person will be deemed, 
upon the expiration of such 30 days, to have forfeited their 
Ordinary Shares or (ii) if the Board in its absolute discretion 
so determines, the Company may dispose of the Ordinary 
Shares at the best price reasonably obtainable and pay the 
net proceeds of such a disposal to the former holder.

A Non-Qualifying Holder is defined as any person whose 
ownership of Ordinary Shares, or the transfer of Ordinary 
Shares to such person, may:

•  cause the Company’s assets to be deemed “plan assets” 
for the purposes of the US Internal Revenue Code of 
1986 (as amended), or US Employee Retirement Income 
Security Act of 1974 (as amended);

•  cause the Company to be required to register as 

an “investment company” under the US Investment 
Company Act 1940;

•  cause the Company or any of its securities to be required 
under the US Exchange Act, the US Securities Act or any 
similar legislation;

•  cause the Company not being considered a “Foreign 
Private Issuer”, as such term is defined in rule 3b-4(c) 
under the US Exchange Act;

•  cause the Investment Manager to be required to register 

as a municipal Adviser under the US Exchange Act;

•  result in the Company being disqualified from issuing 
securities pursuant to Rule 506 of Regulation D under 
the US Securities Act;

•  cause a loss of partnership status for US federal income 
tax purposes or a termination of the US partnership 
under US Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as amended), 
Section 708;

•  result in a person holding Ordinary Shares in violation 
of the transfer restrictions put forth in any prospectus 
published by the Company from time to time; or

•  cause the Company to be a “controlled foreign 

corporation” for the purposes of Section 957 of the 
US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, (as amended), or 
may cause the Company to suffer any pecuniary or 
tax disadvantage or any person who is deemed to be 
a Non-Qualified Holder by virtue of their refusal to 
provide the Company with information that it requires in 
order to comply with its obligations under exchange of 
information agreements.

91

Restrictions on Voting Rights 
The Company does not have any restrictions on Shareholder voting rights. 

Substantial Shareholdings 
The Company has received notification of the following disclosable interests in the voting rights of the Company:

Shareholder

OMP-SS5

Majik Property Holdings Ltd

At 31 December 2022

At 27 March 2023

Number of 
Ordinary Shares 
notified

% Interest in 
Share capital

Number of 
Ordinary Shares 
notified

% Interest in 
Share capital

35,525,698

47,108,719

6.89

9.13

35,525,698

47,108,719

6.89

9.13

The Company has not been informed of any other changes to the notifiable interests between 31 December 2022 and 
the date of this report.

As a company registered in Guernsey, the disclosure thresholds for such a non-UK issuer (in accordance with Disclosure 
Guidance & Transparency Rule 5) are 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 50% and 75%.

Dividend Policy
The Directors maintain a dividend policy which has 
due regard to sustainable levels of dividend cover and 
reflects the Directors’ views on the outlook for sustainable 
recurring earnings, subject to compliance with REIT status 
requirements. The Directors intend to reinvest proceeds 
from disposals of assets in accordance with the Company’s 
investment policy.

Under Guernsey law, Shareholders are not required to 
vote on the payment of a dividend at the Company’s 
AGM. Given the requirement to distribute at least 90% 
of qualifying property rental business income, it is not 
thought that this adversely impacts Shareholders’ rights.

The Company intends to continue to pursue a progressive 
dividend policy with quarterly dividend distributions 
providing shareholders with a regular income. However, 
the Company reserves the right to review future 
dividend payments.

•  For the purpose of determining the profits available 

for a dividend distribution, the Company continues to 
choose to treat all of its net income from the Property 
Related Business as qualifying property income, 
notwithstanding that the Company accounts for both 
property income and interest income.

•  The payment and level of dividends will always 

remain subject to the Company’s performance, its 
financial position, the business outlook and to market 
conditions.

• 

It is the Company’s intention to continue to declare 
and pay dividends on a quarterly basis. The dividends 
for the first, second and third quarters of any specific 
financial year are expected to be declared at or near 
the same level on a pence per Share basis (if necessary, 
as adjusted for any capital raising, consolidation or 
split). The fourth-quarter dividend in relation to that 
same financial year will be declared to at least manage 
compliance with the REIT distribution requirement.

•  The Board will resolve to declare any dividends at an 

appropriate time after the end of the relevant quarter 
dates, being 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 
31 December. The dividends will be paid approximately 
one month after being declared.

In order to maintain REIT status, the Company is required 
to meet a minimum distribution test for each accounting 
period that it is a REIT. This minimum distribution test 
requires the Company to distribute at least 90% of the 
income profits (broadly, calculated using normal tax rules) 
of the Group to the extent that they are derived from the 
Property Related Business of the Group (other than any 
Property Related Business carried on outside the UK by 
non-UK tax resident members of the Group).

The Company has the ability, by ordinary resolution, to 
offer Shareholders the right to elect to receive further 
Ordinary Shares, credited as fully paid, instead of cash in 
respect of all or any part of any dividend (a scrip dividend). 
At the current time, and following a consultation with 
Shareholders, it is not the Directors’ intention to offer a 
scrip dividend option for the foreseeable future.

92

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022REPORT OF THE DIRECTORS 
CONTINUED

Results and Dividends
A summary of the Company’s performance during the 
year and the outlook for the forthcoming year is set out 
in the Chairman’s Report and the Asset and Investment 
Managers’ Report on pages 12 to 15 and 23 to 35, 
respectively. 

During 2022, the Company declared one quarterly 
dividend of 1.70pps and three quarterly dividends of 
1.65pps. A fourth quarterly dividend of 1.65pps for 
the year ended 31 December 2022 was declared on 
23 February 2023. This dividend will be paid on 6 April 
2023 to Shareholders on the register at the close of 
business on 3 March 2023. The ex-dividend date was 
2 March 2023 (during 2021, the Company declared three 
quarterly dividends, one of 1.50pps and three of 1.60pps).

Articles of Incorporation
In accordance with the Articles of Incorporation, the Board 
must seek Shareholder approval to amend the Articles of 
Incorporation. During the year under review, the Board did 
not propose a change to the Articles of Incorporation.

Stakeholder Engagement
While the Company has no employees, suppliers or 
customers, the Directors give regular consideration to the 
need to foster the Company’s business relationships with 
its stakeholders, in particular with tenants, Shareholders, 
the Managers and other service providers. The effect of 
this consideration upon the principal decisions taken by 
the Company during the financial year is set out in further 
detail in the Strategic Report on pages 79 to 81.

Relations with Shareholders 
Communication with Shareholders remains of critical 
importance to the Board, who believe that understanding 
the views of Shareholders is a key factor in the Group’s 
strategic direction and successful development of the 
business. Further information can be found on pages 79 
to 81.

Financial Risk Management
The principal risks and uncertainties faced by the Group 
and the Group’s policies for managing these risks are set 
out on pages 49 to 59. The principal financial risks relating 
to financial instruments, including the Company’s retail 
eligible sterling bonds, and details of the risk mitigation 
factors relating to these financial instruments are set out 
in note 29.

Environmental, Social and Governance 
(“ESG”)
ESG covers many different aspects of business. We 
believe in conducting our business activities ethically 
and responsibly. Our sustainability report is set out on 
pages 61 to 78. Whilst the Group has no direct social or 
community responsibilities, the Company is supportive of 
the Managers’ philanthropic activities.

Diversity
The Board of Directors of the Company comprises 
five males and two females. The Board recognises the 
importance and benefits of improving the gender and 
ethnic balance of the Board. Notwithstanding this, the 
Board does not consider that it would be appropriate to 
set diversity targets as all Board appointments are made 
on merit, against objective criteria and with due regard for 
the benefits of diversity on the Board.

Further information on diversity and the Company’s 
compliance with the new diversity targets can be found on 
page 112.

Directors’ and Officers’ Liability 
Insurance
Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance is maintained 
through the Investment Manager’s own insurance policy. 
Save for the indemnity provisions in the Articles, there are 
no qualifying third-party indemnity provisions in force.

93

Annual General Meeting
The Company’s 2023 AGM is due to be held on 
25 May 2023.

Future Developments
Information on the main trends and future developments 
likely to affect the Company is detailed with the Strategic 
Report on pages 9 to 84.

For and on behalf of the Board

Kevin McGrath
Chairman

27 March 2023

Auditor
RSM UK Audit LLP was appointed as auditor to the 
Company on listing on 6 November 2015. RSM UK 
Audit LLP has expressed its willingness to continue in 
office as Auditor to the Company and resolutions for its 
re-appointment and for the Audit Committee to determine 
its remuneration will be proposed at the forthcoming AGM.

Audit Information
The Directors who held office at the date of approval of 
this Directors’ Report confirm that, so far as they are each 
aware, there is no relevant audit information of which 
the Company’s Auditor is unaware; and each Director 
has taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a 
Director to make themselves aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that the Company’s Auditor is 
aware of that information.

Listing Rules Disclosures
Listing Rule 9.8.4R requires the Company to include 
specified information in a single identifiable section of 
the Annual Report or a cross reference table indicating 
where the information is set out. The Directors confirm 
that there are no disclosures required in relation to Listing 
Rule 9.8.4R, except for the details of any arrangements 
under which a Director of the Company has waived any 
emoluments from the Company and the details of any 
contract of significance in which a Director is or was 
materially interested.

As set out on page 115, Mr Bee and Mr Inglis do 
not receive any remuneration from the Company. 
Furthermore, Mr Inglis is the Chief Executive Officer of 
London & Scottish Property Investment Management, 
the Company’s Asset Manager and Mr Bee is the Chief 
Legal Counsel at Toscafund Asset Management LLP, 
the Company’s Investment Manager. The details of the 
Agreements with the Asset Manager and Investment 
Manager are set out on page 82 and in note 33.

94

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the Group Financial Statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations.

Guernsey company law requires the directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. The Directors 
are required under the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority to prepare the group financial statements in 
accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards.

The financial statements of the Group are required by law to give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s affairs 
at the end of the financial period and of the profit or loss of the Group for that period and are required by UK-adopted 
International Accounting Standards to present fairly the financial position and performance of the Group.

In preparing each of the Group financial statements, the Directors are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

•  make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent;

•  state whether they have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards;

•  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group will 

continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the 
Group’s transactions; disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Group; enable them 
to ensure that the financial statements comply with the requirements of The Companies (Guernsey) Law 2008 and, as 
regards the Group financial statements, the UK-adopted International Accounting Standards. They are also responsible 
for safeguarding the assets of the Group and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of 
fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on 
Regional REIT’s website.

Legislation in Guernsey governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation 
in other jurisdictions.

95

RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT OF THE DIRECTORS IN RESPECT 
OF THE CONSOLIDATED ANNUAL REPORT

Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed on pages 87 and 88, confirms that to the best of each 
person’s knowledge:

•  the financial statements, prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards, give a true 

and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the Group and the undertakings included in the 
consolidation taken as a whole; 

•  the Strategic Report, including the Asset and Investment Managers’ Report, includes a fair review of the development 
and performance of the business and the position of the Group and the undertakings included in the consolidation 
taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties they face; and

•  the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced and understandable and provide the 

information necessary for Shareholders to assess the Group’s position, performance, business model and strategy.

This responsibility statement was approved by the Board of Directors on 27 March 2023 and signed on its behalf by:

Kevin McGrath 
Chairman

27 March 2023

96

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT 

This Corporate Governance Statement forms part of the  
Report of the Directors.

The Listing Rules and the Disclosure Guidance and 
Transparency Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority 
require listed companies to disclose how they have 
applied the principles and complied with the provisions 
of the corporate governance code to which the issuer is 
subject.

Introduction from the Chairman
I am pleased to introduce this year’s Corporate 
Governance Statement.

The Company is committed to high standards of corporate 
governance. This statement, together with the Statement 
of Directors’ Responsibilities on page 95, indicates how 
the Company has applied the principles of recommended 
governance of the Financial Reporting Council (“FRC”) 
2018 UK Corporate Governance Code (the “UK Code”) 
and the AIC Code, which complements the UK Corporate 
Governance Code and provides a framework of best 
practice for investment trusts.

The Board considers that reporting against the principles 
and provisions of the AIC Code, which has been 
endorsed by the FRC and the Guernsey Financial Services 
Commission (“GFSC”), provides more relevant information 
to Shareholders and that by reporting against the AIC 
Code the Company has met its obligations in relation 
to the UK Code and associated disclosure requirements 
under paragraph 9.8.6 of the Listing Rules.

The Board is accountable to Shareholders for the 
governance of the Company and is committed to 
maintaining the highest standard of corporate governance 
for the long-term sustainable success of the Company.

The UK Code is available on the FRC website 
(www.frc.org.uk). The AIC Code is available on the AIC 
website (www.theaic.co.uk) and includes an explanation of 
how the AIC Code adapts the principles and provisions set 
out in the UK Code to make them relevant for investment 
companies.

The GFSC’s Finance Sector Code of Corporate Governance 
(the “GFSC Code”), updated and published in June 2021, 
applies to all companies that hold a licence from the 
GFSC under the regulatory laws or which are registered 
or authorised as collective investment schemes, which 
includes the Company. Companies which report against 
the AIC Code are deemed to meet the requirements of the 
GFSC Code. A copy of the GFSC Code can be obtained via 
the GFSC website at www.gfsc.gg.

The Principles of the AIC Code
The AIC Code is made up of 18 principles split into five 
sections:

•  Board leadership and purpose

•  Division of responsibilities

•  Composition, succession and evaluation

•  Audit, risk and internal control

•  Remuneration

Similar to the UK Code, the AIC Code specifies a “comply 
or explain” basis and the Board’s report under this section 
explains any deviation from its provisions.

Compliance with the AIC Code
The Board attaches great importance to the matters set 
out in the AIC Code and strives to observe its principles. 
Accordingly, the table below reports on the Company’s 
compliance with the recommendations of the AIC Code 
throughout the year.

Throughout the year ended 31 December 2022, the Board 
considers that it has managed its affairs in compliance 
with the AIC Code, except where it has concluded that 
adherence or compliance with any particular principle 
or provision of the AIC Code would not have been 
appropriate to the Company’s circumstances. It should be 
noted that, as an investment company, all of the Directors 
are non-executive and, being externally managed, the 
day-to-day responsibilities of the Company are delegated 
to third parties.

The UK Code includes provisions relating to:

•  the role of the chief executive;

•  executive directors’ remuneration;

•  management performance, remuneration and 

succession planning;

•  workforce policies (including remuneration) and 

practices; and

•  the need for an internal audit function.

For the reasons explained in the AIC Code, the Board 
considers that these provisions are not relevant to the 
Company, being an externally managed investment 
company with no employees. The Company has therefore 
not reported further in respect of these provisions.

Moreover, the principles and provisions of the AIC Code 
have been complied with throughout the year, except for 
the following:

•  as a Guernsey incorporated entity, there are no 

statutory requirements for the Company to develop 
a remuneration policy. The steps taken by the MERC 
to ensure that Directors’ fees support the Company’s 
strategy and promote its long-term success are set out 
in the Remuneration Report on page 115.

97

BOARD LEADERSHIP AND PURPOSE

AIC Code Principle

Compliance statement

A. 

A successful company is led by an effective board, whose role is 
to promote the long-term sustainable success of the Company, 
generating value for Shareholders and contributing to wider society.

B. 

The Board should establish the Company’s purpose, values and 
strategy, and satisfy itself that these and its culture are aligned. All 
Directors must act with integrity, lead by example and promote the 
desired culture.

C. 

The Board should ensure that the necessary resources are in place 
for the Company to meet its objectives and measure performance 
against them. The Board should also establish a framework of 
prudent and effective controls, which enable risk to be assessed and 
managed.

D. 

In order for the Company to meet its responsibilities to Shareholders 
and stakeholders, the Board should ensure effective engagement 
with, and encourage participation from, these parties.

The Board considers the long-term sustainable success of the Company to 
be its main focus and all decisions are considered from this point of view.

The opportunities and risks faced by the business are considered, 
monitored and assessed on a regular basis. An example of this was the 
Board’s decision to alter the Company’s strategy to become a regional 
office specialist. This was based upon the Asset Manager’s unique 
operating platform and experience coupled with the observed supply and 
demand imbalance in the office sector. Further details can be found in the 
Chairman’s Statement on pages 12 to 15.

Details regarding the principal risk and uncertainties and the sustainability 
of the business model can be found in the Strategic Report on pages 49 
to 59.

The purpose of the Company, as set out on page 3, is to deliver long-term 
returns for Shareholders with income generated from investment in UK 
office space outside of the M25 motorway. The strategy that the Board 
follows in order to execute this is outlined in the Strategic Report on pages 
9 to 84.

As outlined on page 3, the Board has adopted some key values which are 
embedded into the culture of the business and are key to any decision 
made by the Company.

The Directors agree that establishing and maintaining an open and 
inclusive culture among the Board and in its interaction with the Asset and 
Investment Managers, Shareholders and other stakeholders, will support 
the delivery of its purpose, values, and strategy.

The values and culture of the business are considered as part of the 
annual Board evaluation process to ensure that they remain a key focus 
on which all decisions are based.

The Board and the MERC regularly review the performance of the 
Company and the performance and resources of the Investment Manager, 
the Asset Manager and the Company’s services providers to ensure that 
the Company can continue to meet its objectives.

The Board assesses performance in a number of different ways including 
regularly reviewing the financial forecasts and KPIs, as well as debt 
financing and gearing.

The Audit Committee is responsible for assessing and managing risks. 
The Company’s principal risks and uncertainties can be found on pages 
49 to 59. Risks are reviewed as part of the Audit Committee’s review of 
the internal controls reports of the Company’s key service providers. A 
risk matrix is maintained, which is also regularly reviewed by the Audit 
Committee. Further details can be found on pages 109 and 110.

The Board understands its responsibilities to Shareholders and 
stakeholders and considers the opinions of all such parties when making 
any decision. The Board considers that, other than Shareholders, the 
Company’s other key stakeholders are the Company’s tenants, its 
third-party providers and its Asset Manager and Investment Manager.

The Board considers the impact any decision will have on all stakeholders 
to ensure that they are making a decision that promotes the long-term 
success of the Company, whether this be in relation to dividends, property 
acquisitions or disposals, etc.

Further details can be found on pages 79 to 81.

The Directors place considerable importance on Shareholder engagement 
and on communications with them and all other stakeholders. 
Shareholders who wish to contact the Board may do so by emailing 
rgl_cosec@linkgroup.co.uk. All Directors make themselves available to 
meet Shareholders at the Company’s AGM or any other such times as 
required by Shareholders.

98

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT  
CONTINUED

DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITIES

F. 

The chair leads the Board and is responsible for its overall 
effectiveness in directing the Company. They should demonstrate 
objective judgement throughout their tenure and promote a culture 
of openness and debate. In addition, the chair facilitates constructive 
Board relations and the effective contribution of all non-executive 
Directors, and ensures that Directors receive accurate, timely and 
clear information.

G. 

The Board should consist of an appropriate combination of Directors 
(and, in particular, independent non-executive Directors) such that 
no one individual or small group of individuals dominates the Board’s 
decision making.

There is a clear division of responsibilities between the Chairman, the 
Directors, the Asset Manager, the Investment Manager and the Company’s 
other third-party service providers.

The Board has approved a policy which sets out the responsibilities of 
the Chairman, Mr McGrath, and Senior Independent Director, Mr Eason, 
a copy of which is available on the Company’s website. The Chairman 
is responsible for leading the Board and is responsible for its overall 
effectiveness in directing the affairs of the Company. The Chairman 
ensures that all Directors receive accurate, timely and clear information 
and helps promote a culture of openness and debate in Board meetings 
by encouraging and facilitating the effective contribution of other 
Directors towards a consensus view. The Chairman also takes a leading 
role in ensuring effective communications with Shareholders and other 
stakeholders.

The Board meets regularly throughout the year and representatives of 
the Asset Manager and Investment Manager are in attendance, when 
appropriate, at each Board and/or Committee meeting.

The Board has agreed a schedule of matters specifically reserved for 
decision by the Board. This includes establishing, following consultation 
with the Asset Manager and the Investment Manager, the Company’s 
investment policy, long-term objectives, commercial strategy, the gearing 
policy and the setting of any limits and any treasury policies.

Prior to each Board and Audit Committee meeting, Directors are provided 
with a comprehensive set of papers giving detailed information on the 
Company’s portfolio including property acquisitions/disposals and financial 
position. All Directors have timely access to all relevant management 
financial and regulatory information.

All of the Directors are non-executive and are independent of the Asset 
Manager and Investment Manager and the other service providers (with 
the exception of Mr Inglis who is the Chief Executive Officer and Founder 
of London & Scottish Property Investment Management, the Company’s 
Asset Manager, and Mr Bee who is the Chief Legal Counsel of Toscafund 
Asset Management LLP, the Company’s Investment Manager).

A majority of the Board will at all times be independent of the Asset and 
Investment Managers.

The Chairman, Mr McGrath, was independent of the Asset Manager and 
Investment Manager at the time of his appointment. The Board considers 
that he remains independent.

None of the Directors is a director of another investment company 
managed by the Company’s Asset Manager or Investment Manager nor 
has any Board member been an employee of the Company or currently 
have any connection to any of its service providers (with the exceptions of 
Mr Inglis and Mr Bee).

The Board evaluation concluded that each Director provides a valuable 
contribution to Board meeting discussions and exercises appropriate 
levels of challenge and debate.

H.  Non-executive Directors should have sufficient time to meet their 

Board responsibilities. They should provide constructive challenge, 
strategic guidance, offer specialist advice and hold third-party service 
providers to account.

As part of the Board evaluation process, the contributions of each Director, 
as well as the time commitments made by each Board member are 
considered and reviewed by the Nomination Committee. More information 
can be found on pages 103 and 104.

The MERC reviews the performance and cost of the Company’s third-party 
service providers on an annual basis. More information regarding the work 
of the MERC can be found on page 113.

I. 

The Board, supported by the Company Secretary, should ensure 
that it has the policies, processes, information, time and resources it 
needs in order to function effectively and efficiently.

The Directors have access to the advice and services of the Company 
Secretary who is responsible to the Board for ensuring that Board 
procedures are in place and followed and that applicable rules and 
regulations are complied with. The Company Secretary is also responsible 
for ensuring good information flows between all parties.

99

COMPOSITION, SUCCESSION AND EVALUATION

J. 

Appointments to the Board should be subject to a formal, rigorous 
and transparent procedure, and an effective succession plan should 
be maintained. Both appointments and succession plans should be 
based on merit and objective criteria and, within this context, should 
promote diversity of gender, social and ethnic backgrounds, cognitive 
and personal strengths.

The Board has adopted a diversity policy, which acknowledges the 
benefits of greater diversity, and remains committed to ensuring that the 
Company’s Directors bring a wide range of skills, knowledge, experience, 
backgrounds and perspectives to the Board.

The Board has a Nomination Committee, which is comprised of the 
independent non-executive Directors. 

Whilst the Board does not feel that it would be appropriate to set targets 
as all appointments are made on merit, the following objectives for the 
appointment of Directors have been established:

•  all Board appointments will be made on merit, in the context of the 

skills, knowledge and experience that are needed for the Board to be 
effective; and

• 

long lists of potential non-executive Directors should include diverse 
candidates of appropriate merit.

The Company is committed to ensuring that any vacancies to the Board 
arising in the future are filled by the most qualified candidates, whilst 
ensuring the benefits of greater diversity. More details on the Director 
appointment process and on succession planning can be found on page 111.

The Board is aware of the changes to the Listing Rules in relation to 
diversity and further information can be found on pages 111 and 112. 

K. 

The Board and its Committees should have a combination of skills, 
experience and knowledge. Consideration should be given to the 
length of service of the Board as a whole and membership regularly 
refreshed.

Directors’ biographical details are set out on pages 87 and 88 of this 
report. These demonstrate the wide range of skills and experience that 
the Directors bring to the Board including the property sector, investment 
trusts, and financial and public company management.

The Board has approved a tenure policy, which encompasses the whole 
Board and Chairman, to ensure that the Board continues to have the right 
balance of skills and experience.

Each Director was appointed with a view to establishing a Board with a 
good combination of skills, experience and knowledge. This is reviewed as 
part of the annual Board process. When considering new appointments, 
the Board, through the Nomination Committee will review the skills of 
the Directors and seek to add persons with complementary skills or who 
possess skills and experience which fill any gaps in the Board’s knowledge 
or experience and who can devote sufficient time to the Company to carry 
out their duties effectively. Where appropriate, the need for diversity on 
the Board will be taken into account when considering new appointments. 
The Company’s diversity policy can be found on page 100. The policy has 
been updated in light of the new Listing Rules on diversity.

L. 

Annual evaluation of the Board should consider its composition, 
diversity and how effectively members work together to achieve 
objectives. Individual evaluation should demonstrate whether each 
Director continues to contribute effectively.

The Directors are aware of the need to continually monitor and improve 
performance and recognise that this can be achieved through undertaking 
a regular Board evaluation exercise, providing a valuable feedback 
mechanism for improving Board effectiveness.

The Board agreed that the use of an externally facilitated evaluation 
service provider was not necessary during the year ended 31 December 
2022. However, this will be kept under review.

During the year, the Company undertook an internal Board Evaluation 
exercise to review the effectiveness of the Board as a whole, its 
Committees and individual Directors (including the independence of 
each Director and their ability to commit sufficient time to the Company’s 
activities). The Evaluation was conducted, following the year end, by way of 
the Directors completing tailored questionnaires.

The performance of the Chairman was similarly evaluated by the other 
Directors, led by the Senior Independent Director, Mr Eason. The results 
of the Evaluation, which were discussed collectively by the Nomination 
Committee at its meeting in March 2023, were positive and are set out on 
pages 103 and 104.

As a result of the evaluation, the Board is satisfied that all Directors are 
independent, with the exception of Mr Inglis and Mr Bee, and that all 
Directors contribute effectively and have the skills and experience relevant 
to foster the effective leadership and direction of the Company. All 
Directors are able to commit sufficient time to the Company’s activities.

It is recommended that Shareholders vote in favour of each Director’s 
re-election at the forthcoming AGM. All Directors are subject to annual 
re-election by Shareholders. More information regarding the proposed 
re-election of each Director can be found in the Notice of Annual General 
Meeting.

100

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT  
CONTINUED

AUDIT, RISK AND INTERNAL CONTROL

M. 

The Board should establish formal and transparent policies and 
procedures to ensure the independence and effectiveness of 
external audit functions and satisfy itself on the integrity of financial 
and narrative statements.

The Audit Committee has put in a place a non-audit services policy, 
which ensures that any work outside the scope of the standard audit 
work requires prior approval by the Audit Committee. This enables the 
Committee to ensure that the external auditors remain fully independent.

N. 

The Board should present a fair, balanced and understandable 
assessment of the Company’s position and prospects.

In addition, the Audit Committee carries out a review of the performance 
of the external auditor on an annual basis. Feedback from other third 
parties, including the Asset Manager and Investment Manager, is 
included as part of this assessment to ensure the Audit Committee takes 
into account the views of different parties who have a close working 
relationship with the external auditor.

Further information regarding the work of the Audit Committee can be 
found on pages 107 to 110.

The Audit Committee has considered the Audited Annual Report and 
Financial Statements as a whole and agreed that it presents a fair, 
balanced, and understandable assessment of the Company’s position and 
prospects.

O. 

The Board should establish procedures to manage risk, oversee the 
internal control framework, and determine the nature and extent of 
the principal risks the Company is willing to take in order to achieve 
its long-term strategic objectives.

Risks faced by the Company are considered, monitored and assessed on a 
regular basis by the Audit Committee. Details in respect of the Company’s 
principal risks and uncertainties and the appropriate measures taken to 
mitigate each risk can be found on pages 49 to 59.

REMUNERATION

P. 

Remuneration policies and practices should be designed to support 
strategy and promote long-term sustainable success.

Q. 

A formal and transparent procedure for developing policy 
remuneration should be established. No Director should be involved 
in deciding their own remuneration outcome.

Given the nature of the business, the Company is reliant on its service 
providers and their internal controls. The Audit Committee reviews reports 
from the principal service providers on compliance and the internal 
and financial control systems in operation and relevant independent 
audit reports thereon. The Chairman of the Audit Committee meets, at 
least annually, with representatives of each of the Asset Manager and 
Investment Manager independently, to review and discuss the internal 
controls within their businesses.

In respect of Directors’ remuneration, the Company follows the 
recommendation of the AIC Code that non-executive Directors’ 
remuneration should reflect the time commitment and responsibilities 
of the role. As stated in the Remuneration Report on page 115, the 
Company’s approach to non-executive Directors’ remuneration is that 
remuneration should reflect the experience of the Board as a whole and 
the responsibilities and time commitments each Director would have to 
devote to the Company’s affairs.

The MERC considers at least annually the level of Directors’ fees and 
compares these with the fees paid by the Company’s peer group and 
industry generally, taking into account the time commitment and 
responsibility of each Board member.

Further details on the Directors’ remuneration are contained in the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 116. No Director is involved in 
deciding their own remuneration.

R.  Directors should exercise independent judgement and discretion 
when authorising remuneration outcomes, taking account of 
Company and individual performance, and wider circumstances.

Any decision with regard to remuneration is taken by the MERC after 
considering the performance of the Company and the current market 
conditions.

101

The Board of Directors
The Board consists entirely of Non-Executive Directors, 
who have all served throughout the period. Biographical 
details of the Directors of the Company are shown on 
pages 87 and 88.

A review of Board composition and balance is included as 
part of the annual performance evaluation of the Board, 
details of which may be found below.

The Company’s culture is set out on page 84. The values 
of the Company are set out on page 3. These values are 
considered in Board decision making. The purpose of the 
Company is the investment objective, which can be found 
on page 18. The strategy that the Board follows to meet 
this objective is outlined in the Strategic Report on page 
18. The business model that the Company operates is set 
out on pages 17 to 22.

The Board ensures that the necessary resources are in 
place for the Company to meet its objectives. It does this 
predominately through its engagement with third-party 
service providers. The Board regularly reviews financial 
forecasts and KPIs, as well as debt financing and gearing. 
Further details can be found on pages 44 to 48 of the 
Strategic Report.

The Board is responsible for all matters of direction and 
control of the Company and the Group, including its 
investment policy and strategy, and no one individual 
has unfettered powers of decision making. As part of 
this, the opportunities and risks faced by the business 
are considered, monitored and assessed on a regular 
basis, both in terms of actual and emerging risks that the 
business may face. Emerging risks are identified by the 
Board through a variety of means including advice from 
the Company’s Managers, the AIC and Directors’ industry 
knowledge and market changes and events.

More detail regarding the principal risks and uncertainties, 
emerging risks and the sustainability of the business can 
be found in the Strategic Report on pages 49 to 59.

Board Operation 
There is a clear division of responsibilities between the 
Board and the Managers. The Directors have agreed a 
formal schedule of matters specifically reserved for their 
approval. The schedule of matters reserved to the Board 
includes, but is not limited to the following:

•  approval of asset acquisitions and disposals over 

£15 million;

•  approval of capital expenditure;

•  approval of the Company’s borrowings;

•  approval of the Company’s investment policy, long-term 

objectives and commercial strategy;

•  approval of the gearing policy of the Company;

•  approval of annual and half-yearly reports and financial 

statements and accounting policies, prospectuses, 
circulars and other Shareholder communications;

•  raising new capital;

•  approval of dividends;

•  Board appointments and removals; and

•  appointment and removal of the Asset Manager, 

Investment Manager, Auditor and the Company’s other 
service providers, including the Company Secretary.

A copy of the schedule of matters reserved for the Board 
can be found on the Company’s website.

To assist the Board in the day-to-day operations of the 
Company, arrangements have been put in place to 
delegate authority for the performance of day-to-day 
operations of the Company to the Asset Manager and 
Investment Manager and other third-party service 
providers. The Board has appointed the Asset Manager 
and Investment Manager to manage the Company’s 
portfolio within guidelines set by the Board, detailed in the 
respective management agreements with the Company. 
Both Managers are in frequent contact with the Board 
and supply the Directors with regular updates on the 
Company’s activities and a detailed report at each Board 
meeting.

The Board, at its regular meetings, undertakes reviews 
of key investment and financial data, analyses of asset 
allocation, peer group information, the economy generally, 
transactions and performance comparisons, Share 
price (whether at a discount or premium to NAV) and 
NAV performance. It receives an update from the Asset 
Manager on property market conditions and trends, 
movements compared to previous quarters, yields on 
properties within the portfolio, lease lengths and letting 
activity, including estimated rental values and vacant 
properties. The Board also receives an update from the 
Investment Manager on investor relations. Discussions 
also take place on strategic proposals, developments and 
legal and governance matters.

Representatives of each of the Asset and Investment 
Manager are appointed to the Board, which facilitates 
communication between them and the Board and 
supplements the regular reporting to the Directors.

102

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT  
CONTINUED

Board Meeting Attendance
The Directors meet at regular Board meetings, held at 
least four times a year, with additional meetings arranged 
as necessary. During the year under review, the number of 
scheduled Board meetings attended by each Director was 
as follows:

Scheduled Board Meetings

Number 
entitled to 
attend

Number 
attended

5

5

5

5

5

5

2

5

4

5

5

5

4

2

Director

Kevin McGrath

William Eason

Daniel Taylor

Frances Daley

Stephen Inglis

Tim Bee

Massy Larizadeh*

*Appointed on 1 June 2022

Additional Board meetings were also held as required 
during the year, including to deal with corporate 
transactions such as property disposals and acquisitions 
and dividends. The Board also held an all-day strategy 
meeting during the year.

The Board follows a formal agenda, which is approved by 
the Chairman and circulated by the Company Secretary 
in advance of the meeting to all the Directors and 
other attendees. A typical agenda includes a review of 
performance with a detailed update from the Asset and 
Investment Manager on the property portfolio, investment 
opportunities and disposals, the Company’s financial 
performance, updates on investor relations and specific 
regulatory or governance matters. Representatives of the 
Company’s Advisers are invited to attend Board meetings 
from time to time, particularly the Company’s Corporate 
Broker and Financial Adviser and Legal Adviser.

The Board is responsible for the strategy of the Company 
and monitors performance against its agreed strategy on 
an ongoing basis.

The Board is responsible for setting the overall strategic 
objectives of the Company and meets once a year to focus 
exclusively on strategy.

Board Evaluation 
The Directors are aware of the need to continually monitor 
and improve performance and recognise that this can be 
achieved through undertaking a regular Board evaluation 
exercise, providing a valuable feedback mechanism for 
improving Board effectiveness. The Board agreed that the 
use of an externally facilitated evaluation service provider 
was not necessary this year, however, this will be kept 
under review.

During the year under review, the Directors opted to 
undertake an internal performance evaluation specifically 
designed to assess the strengths and independence of 
the Board and the Chairman, individual Directors and 
the performance of its committees. The evaluation was 
conducted using tailored questionnaires and was structured 
to analyse the focus of Board composition and effectiveness, 
the efficiency of Board and Committee meetings, and 
to assess whether the operation of such meetings was 
appropriate, as well as whether any additional information 
may be required to facilitate better Board discussions. The 
Board was also asked to consider Board support, strategic 
operational oversight, culture, Shareholder engagement and 
succession planning. The evaluation identifies any areas 
for improvement and areas of knowledge and expertise 
which would be considered as part of succession planning.

The evaluation process was carried out post year end and 
responses were collated by the Company Secretary. The 
independence of the Directors and their ability to commit 
sufficient time to the Company’s activities was considered 
as part of the evaluation process. The performance of the 
Chairman was evaluated by the other Directors, led by the 
Senior Independent Director.

Overall, the results of the evaluation were positive, with 
Director engagement and preparation for meetings, and 
combined knowledge of the property sector viewed as 
particular strengths. There were no significant concerns 
raised by the Directors relating to the effectiveness of 
the Board.

The results of the evaluation process, which were discussed 
collectively by the Nomination Committee, indicated that 
the Board and its Committees continue to work well at a 
high standard and there are no significant concerns among 
the Directors about the Board’s effectiveness.

103

In particular, the Directors believed that the issues most 
fundamental to the Company’s strategy were reviewed 
and understood and time was used efficiently in meetings 
and allocated its time appropriately to the key issues 
facing the Company. The Board agreed that the Managers 
interacted frequently and effectively with the Company’s 
shareholders. However noted that some improvement 
was needed in relation to its direct communication with 
the Company’s shareholders and stakeholders in order 
to better understand their attitudes to various issues 
including ESG matters. Other areas of strength included 
the skills and experience of Board members, in particular 
to both challenge and support the Managers. The Board 
is mindful of corporate governance best practice in 
the context of future succession planning. An orderly 
succession planning process is a key area of focus for 
the Board in relation to both the Chairman and the other 
Non-Executive Directors. A diverse pipeline of candidates 
will be developed as part of this ongoing process.

Additionally, the review of the Chairman’s performance 
was positive, and the other Directors considered that the 
Chairman remained independent and that he continued to 
strongly and effectively lead the Board.

As a result of the evaluation, the Board is satisfied that all 
Directors are independent, with the exception of Mr Inglis 
and Mr Bee, and that all Directors contribute effectively and 
have the skills and experience relevant to foster the effective 
leadership and direction of the Company. All Directors can 
commit sufficient time to the Company’s activities.

Election and Re-election of Directors
In accordance with the Company’s Articles and the AIC 
Code, Directors are subject to election by Shareholders 
at the first AGM after their appointment. Thereafter all 
Directors submit themselves for annual re-election by 
Shareholders at the AGM of the Company. Ms Larizadeh 
will stand for election at the Company’s AGM in 2023.

Mr Bee and Mr Eason will not stand for annual re-election 
at the forthcoming AGM by reason of re-location overseas 
and ill health, respectively. The Board thanks Mr Bee 
and Mr Eason for their invaluable commitment to the 
Company and wishes them well for the future.

Mr Taylor will assume the role of Senior Independent 
Director and Ms Larizadeh will become Chair of both the 
Nomination Committee and the Management Engagement 
and Remuneration Committee.

The Board does not intend to appoint new Directors 
in the short-term and will incorporate discussions to 
ensure an orderly refreshment of the Board in its current 
succession planning.

Tenure
Each Director has a letter of appointment setting out their 
terms of appointment. These letters detail an initial three-
year appointment, but each Director may be invited by the 
Board to serve for an additional period of three years, if 
both the individual Director and the Board believe this is in 
the interest of the Company, having taken into account the 
independence of the Director.

Directors are initially appointed by the Board until the 
following AGM when, as required by the Company’s 
Articles, they will stand for election by Shareholders. 
Thereafter, a Director’s appointment is subject to an 
annual performance evaluation and the approval of 
Shareholders at each AGM, in accordance with corporate 
governance best practice.

The Board has adopted a formal tenure policy for 
Directors based on a continual review of performance. It 
is not anticipated that any of the Directors would normally 
serve in excess of nine years in order to provide regular 
refreshment of the Board and facilitate diversity of the 
Board. In exceptional circumstances, which would be fully 
explained to Shareholders at the time, an extension might 
be appropriate.

Similarly, it is not anticipated that the Chairman will 
normally serve in excess of nine years, this limit being 
decided by the Board in consideration of the need for 
regular Board refreshment. However, given the entirely 
non-executive nature of the Board and as the Chairman 
may not be appointed as such at the time of their initial 
appointment as a Director, in exceptional circumstances, 
which would be fully explained at the time, a short 
extension might be appropriate. As with all Directors, the 
continuing appointment of the Chairman is subject to 
ongoing review of performance, including a satisfactory 
annual evaluation, annual re-election by Shareholders and 
may be further subject to the particular circumstances of 
the Company at the time he or she intends to retire from 
the Board.

The Nomination Committee, which consists entirely of the 
Company’s independent Directors, would be expected to 
lead the process of the appointment of any new Director 
to the Board as and when vacancies arise and as part of 
the Directors’ ongoing succession plans. As part of this 
process, the use of an external executive search agency 
will be considered.

Induction and Training
On appointment, the Asset Manager, Investment Manager 
and Company Secretary provide new Directors with 
induction training as appropriate. The training covers the 
Company’s investment strategy, policies and practices. The 
Directors are also given regular briefings on changes in 
law and regulatory requirements that affect the Company 
and the Directors. It is the Chairman’s responsibility to 
ensure that the Directors have sufficient knowledge 
to fulfil their role and Directors are encouraged to 
attend industry and other seminars covering issues and 
developments relevant to investment trust companies. 
Regular reviews of Directors’ training needs are carried 
out by the Chairman by means of the evaluation process. 
The Directors have access to the advice and services of the 
Company Secretary through its appointed representative, 
who is responsible for general secretarial functions and for 
assisting the Company with compliance with its continuing 
obligations as a company listed on the premium segment 
of the Official List. The Company Secretary is also 
responsible for ensuring good information flows between 
all parties. When deemed necessary, the Directors can 
seek independent professional advice.

104

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT  
CONTINUED

During the year, the Directors received a presentation 
on ESG provided by Governex Limited, a consultancy 
offering risk management support, assistance in helping 
organisations exploit sustainability opportunities, and 
undertakes independent sustainability assurance audits.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee comprises the five Independent 
Directors and is chaired by Ms Daley. It will meet at least 
twice a year, or more often if required. The Chairman of 
the Company is a member of the Audit Committee but 
does not act as Committee Chairman.

Conflicts of Interest
It is the responsibility of each individual Director to avoid 
a conflict-of-interest situation arising. The Company’s 
Articles permit a Director to act in a situation where a 
Director has disclosed the nature and extent of an interest 
that conflicts, or may possibly conflict, with the interests of 
the Group in accordance with the Law.

All members of the Audit Committee are considered 
to have relevant experience in the industry in which 
the Company operates. The Board is also satisfied 
that at least one member of the Audit Committee 
has recent and relevant financial experience and the 
Chairman is a chartered accountant with experience in 
corporate finance.

The Board has established a formal process whereby 
actual and potential conflicts of interests are considered 
by the Directors who have no interest in the matter, who 
then decide whether to authorise the conflict and any 
conditions to be attached to such authorisations.

The Directors are able to impose limits or conditions 
when giving authorisation, if they think this is appropriate 
in the circumstances. A register of potential conflicts is 
maintained by the Company Secretary and is reviewed 
at each Board meeting to ensure that any authorised 
conflicts remain appropriate. Directors are required to 
confirm at these meetings whether there has been any 
change to their position.

Board Committees
The Board has three Committees in operation and has 
delegated certain responsibilities to the Audit Committee, the 
Management Engagement and Remuneration Committee 
(“MERC”) and the Nomination Committee. The Board has 
established formal terms of reference for each of the 
Committees, which are available on the Company’s website.

Any individual who is not a member of the Audit 
Committee is not entitled to attend or to vote at its 
meetings. However, the Audit Committee may invite 
anyone to attend Committee meetings at its discretion 
and representatives of the external Auditor are invited to 
attend as necessary. An Audit Committee Report is set out 
on pages 107 to 110.

Management Engagement and 
Remuneration Committee (“MERC”)
The MERC comprises the five Independent Directors and is 
chaired by Mr Eason. It will meet at least once a year, or more 
often if required. The Chairman of the Company is a member 
of the MERC but does not act as Committee Chairman.

Although an individual who is not a member of the MERC is 
not entitled to attend and vote on matters at its meetings, 
the Committee may invite anyone to attend at its discretion. 
The MERC Report is set out on pages 113 and 114.

Nomination Committee 
The Nomination Committee comprises the five Independent 
Directors and is chaired by Mr Eason. The Nomination 
Committee meets at least once a year, or more often if 
required. The Chairman of the Company is a member of 
the Nomination Committee but does not act as Committee 
chairman.

Although an individual who is not a member of the 
Nomination Committee is not entitled to attend and vote on 
matters at its meetings, the Committee may invite anyone to 
attend at its discretion. The Nomination Committee Report is 
set out on pages 111 and 112.

105

Most functions for the day-to-day management of the 
Company are sub-contracted, and the Directors therefore 
obtain regular assurances and information from principal 
third-party suppliers regarding the internal systems and 
controls operated in their organisations. In addition, each 
of the Company’s material third parties, excluding the Asset 
Manager and Investment Manager, provides a copy of its 
report on internal controls each year, which is reviewed by 
the Audit Committee. 

The Audit Chairman, on behalf of the Audit Committee, 
meets with representatives of the Asset Manager and 
Investment Manager to discuss and review their internal 
controls. The Depositary provides depositary services under 
the AIFMD to the Company and reports on an annual basis to 
the Company, in addition to quarterly reports, on its specific 
monitoring of cash transactions and asset verification.

Taking into account the principal and emerging risks 
provided on pages 49 to 59 and the ongoing work of the 
Audit Committee in monitoring the risk management and 
internal control systems on behalf of Board, the Directors:

•  are satisfied that they have carried out a robust 

assessment of the emerging and principal risks facing the 
Group; and

•  have reviewed the effectiveness of the risk management 
and internal controls systems and no significant failings 
were identified.

This statement was approved by the Board of Directors and 
signed on its behalf by:

Link Company Matters Limited
Company Secretary

27 March 2023

Management of Risk and Internal Controls
The Board has overall responsibility for the Company’s 
systems of internal controls and for reviewing their 
effectiveness, ensuring that risk management and control 
processes are embedded in day-to-day operations.

The Board has established an ongoing process for 
identifying, evaluating and managing significant risks with the 
aim of helping to safeguard the Company’s assets. The Board 
exercises its oversight of financial, reporting, compliance, 
operational and overall risks by relying on regular reporting 
on performance and other management information from 
the Asset and Investment Managers. These procedures are 
designed to manage rather than eliminate risk. The Board 
manages risks as set out below:

•  the Board, through the Audit Committee, will conduct a 

risk and control assessment on an annual basis, including 
a review of the internal controls procedures of the 
Company’s principal third-party service providers;

•  the responsibilities for the investment management, asset 
management, accountancy and depositary functions are 
segregated, and the procedures of the third-party service 
providers are designed to safeguard the Company’s 
assets;

•  the Board is kept regularly updated by each of the Asset 
Manager and Investment Manager outside of scheduled 
Board meetings and each Manager provides reports at 
each meeting of the Board; and

•  under the terms of the Asset Management Agreement 
between the Company and the Asset Manager, Board 
approval is required for purchases of property exceeding 
£15 million in value and for disposals exceeding 
£15 million in value.

Details of the Company’s internal control and risk 
management systems in relation to the financial 
consolidation reporting process can be found on pages 
109 and 110.

Regular risk assessments and reviews of internal controls 
are undertaken in the context of the Company’s overall 
investment objective by the Board, through the Audit 
Committee.

A risk matrix has been produced against which the risks 
identified and the controls in place to mitigate those risks 
are monitored. The risks are assessed on the basis of the 
likelihood of them happening, the impact on the business if 
they were to occur and the effectiveness of the controls in 
place to mitigate them. This risk register is reviewed by the 
Audit Committee every six months.

The principal risks that have been identified by the Board are 
set out on pages 49 to 59.

The Board reviews financial information produced by the 
Investment Manager and the Sub-Administrator on a regular 
basis.

106

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT

I am pleased to present the Audit Committee Report for the year ended 
31 December 2022, which provides an overview of our activities and our role 
in ensuring the integrity of the Group’s published financial information and 
effectiveness of its risk management, controls and related processes.

Frances Daley  
Chairman of the Audit Committee

As set out on page 105, the Audit Committee is a 
Board Committee with governance responsibilities 
that include the oversight of financial disclosures and 
corporate reporting, and it is therefore important that 
the Committee operates effectively and efficiently. The 
Committee meets at least twice annually, and its quorum 
is two members.

Audit Committee Composition
During the year under review, the membership of 
the Audit Committee comprised the five independent 
non-executive Directors. None of the members of the 
Committee are connected to either the Asset Manager or 
Investment Manager or to the Auditor. Whilst Mr McGrath 
is an independent Director, he is also Chairman of the 
Company. The Committee has considered it beneficial to 
have Mr McGrath as a member of the Committee as he 
was independent on appointment and provides significant 
input into Audit Committee meetings.

I am a qualified accountant, a Fellow of the Institute of 
Chartered Accountants in England and Wales. The Board 
and I consider that I have an appropriate level of recent 
and relevant financial experience to discharge my duties 
as Chairman of the Audit Committee.

Risk Management and Control

•  to keep under review the adequacy of the Company’s 
Asset and Investment Manager and third-party service 
providers’ internal controls and risk management 
systems;

•  review the Company’s risk register, including significant 

and emerging risks; and

•  to assess the prospects of the Company for the next 

twelve months and to consider its longer-term viability.

External Audit 

•  to manage the relationship with the Company’s external 
Auditor, including reviewing the Auditor’s remuneration, 
re-appointment, terms of engagement, objectivity and 
independence and performance. The Committee makes 
recommendations to the Board as appropriate; 

•  to review the policy on the engagement of the Auditor 
to supply non-audit services and the fees paid for such 
services;

•  to safeguard the Auditor’s independence and 

objectivity; and

•  to regularly review the need for an internal audit 

function.

The Audit Committee’s role and responsibilities are set 
out in the terms of reference, which were last updated in 
March 2020 and are available on the Company’s website at 
www.regionalreit.com.

External Property Valuation

•  to review the quality and appropriateness of the half-
yearly and full-year external valuations of the Group’s 
property portfolio.

Other

•  to review the Committee’s terms of reference and 

performance effectiveness; and

•  to report to the Board on how it has discharged its 

responsibilities.

The Audit Committee reports and makes 
recommendations to the Board, as appropriate.

Role of the Audit Committee
The principal duties of the Audit Committee, as outlined in 
its terms of reference, are:

Financial Reporting

•  to review the integrity and contents of the half-yearly 

financial statements, full-year financial statements and 
preliminary results announcement of the Company;

•  to review and report to the Board on any significant 

financial reporting issues and judgements, having regard 
to any matters communicated to it by the Auditor; and

•  as requested by the Board, to review the contents of 
the Annual Report and audited financial statements 
and to advise the Board on whether, taken as a whole, 
the report is fair, balanced and understandable and 
provides Shareholders with sufficient information 
to assess the Company’s position and performance, 
business model and strategy.

107107

Meetings
The Audit Committee met on three occasions during the 
year and once post the year end to consider the audit 
findings report and the Financial Statements.

Attendance at these scheduled meetings was as follows:

Scheduled Audit  
Committee Meetings

Number of 
meetings entitled 
to attend

Number 
attended

3

3

3

3

1

3

3

3

3

1

Member

Frances Daley 
(Chairman) 

William Eason 

Kevin McGrath 

Daniel Taylor

Massy Larizadeh*

*Appointed on 1 June 2022

Matters Considered by the Audit 
Committee in the Year
At these meetings, the Audit Committee has:
•  reviewed the internal controls and risk management 

systems of the Company and its key third-party service 
providers;

•  reviewed financial results;
•  reviewed and, where appropriate, updated the 

Company’s Financial Position and Prospects Procedures;

•  reviewed the Group’s banking arrangements;
•  reviewed the assessment of the Company’s prospects 
and viability made by the Investment Manager for the 
next three years which formed the basis for the viability 
statement (see page 60);

•  agreed the audit plan with the Auditor, including the 
principal areas of focus, and agreed the audit fee;
•  reviewed the half-year and annual valuation reports 
from Cushman & Wakefield Debenham Tie Leung 
Limited (trading as Cushman & Wakefield);

•  reviewed whether an internal audit function would be 

of value;

•  received and discussed with the Auditor their report on 

the results of the audit;

•  reviewed the provision of non-audit services by the 

Auditor;

•  reviewed the independence of the Auditor;
•  made recommendations to the Board regarding the 

reappointment of the Auditor; and

•  reviewed the Group’s Financial Statements and advised 

the Board accordingly.

The Administrator and the Investment Manager update 
the Audit Committee on changes to accounting policies, 
legislation and best practice and areas of significant 
judgement undertaken by the Investment Manager.

108

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT
CONTINUED

Significant Matters Considered by the 
Audit Committee 
The Committee considered the following key matters in 
relation to the Company during the period:

Property Portfolio Valuation

The Committee recognises that the valuation of the 
properties within the Company’s portfolio is central to the 
Company’s business and that errors could have a material 
impact on the Company’s net asset value. Properties are 
independently valued by specialist third-party service 
provider Cushman & Wakefield at the half year and year 
end. Furthermore, as part of the annual independent audit 
process, the Company’s Auditor, RSM UK Audit LLP, carries 
out an assessment of the property portfolio valuation 
provided by Cushman & Wakefield which includes using 
their own expert, providing the Committee further comfort 
that property valuations are materially accurate.

The valuations are prepared in accordance with the 
appropriate sections of the RICS Professional Standards, 
RICS Global Valuation Practice Statements, RICS Global 
Valuation Practice Guidance-Applications and United 
Kingdom Valuation Standards contained within the RICS 
Valuation-Professional Standards 2014. The valuations are 
compliant with International Valuation Standards.

The Asset Manager has held open discussions with the 
valuers throughout the year on the valuation process to 
discuss and challenge various elements of the property 
valuations. The Auditor also meets with the independent 
property valuer as part of the audit process to discuss and 
challenge their approach and findings. The Auditor has 
also engaged its own independent expert to consider the 
valuation.

The Committee reviewed the half-year valuation as at 
30 June 2022 and, since the year end, the Committee has 
considered the year-end valuation report. It discussed 
the year-end report with representatives at Cushman & 
Wakefield and the Asset Manager. The Committee was 
satisfied with the valuation report. The performance of 
Cushman & Wakefield is assessed on an annual basis by 
the MERC, as set out in their report on page 113.

Going Concern and Long-Term Viability of the Company

The Audit Committee considered the Company’s financial 
requirements for the next twelve months and concluded 
that it has sufficient resources to meet its commitments 
and any outstanding loan covenants. Consequently, the 
financial statements have been prepared on a going 
concern basis.

The Audit Committee also considered the longer-term 
viability statement within the Annual Report for the 
year ended 31 December 2022, covering a three-year 
period, and the underlying factors and assumptions 
which contributed to the Committee deciding that three 
years was an appropriate length of time to consider the 
Company’s long-term viability. The Company’s viability 
statement can be found on page 60.

109

External Auditor
The Audit Committee has primary responsibility for 
overseeing the relationship with the external Auditor, 
RSM UK Audit LLP. This includes assessing their 
performance, effectiveness and independence annually 
and recommending to the Board their reappointment 
or removal.

RSM UK Audit LLP has been Auditor to the Company since 
listing on 6 November 2015. Mr Alan Aitchison is the Audit 
Partner. In accordance with requirements relating to 
the appointment of auditors, the Company will conduct 
a competitive audit tender no later than in respect of 
financial year ending 31 December 2025. There are no 
contractual obligations that would restrict the Audit 
Committee from selecting an alternative external Auditor.

Each year, the Audit Committee monitors and reviews the 
effectiveness of the external audit process for the Annual 
Report, undertakes a detailed review of the audit plan 
and the audit results report and makes recommendations 
to the Board on the re-appointment, remuneration and 
terms of engagement of the Auditor.

Working with the Auditor
Each year, the Audit Committee meets with the lead audit 
partner before the annual results are prepared to discuss 
the scope of the audit plan, with a particular focus on risk 
and materiality. The external Auditor further meets with 
the Audit Committee post the year end audit work being 
completed to discuss the findings of the external audit and 
to consider and evaluate any findings. To facilitate further 
open dialogue and assurance, the Audit Committee holds 
a private session with the Auditor without members of the 
Asset Manager and Investment Manager being present. 

Financial Reporting 
It is a principal responsibility of the Audit Committee to 
review and report to the Board on the Group’s financial 
statements, including the Preliminary Statement, the 
Annual Report and Half-Year Report. When conducting its 
reviews, the Committee considers the overall requirement 
that the financial statements present a “true and fair 
view” of the Company’s accounting policies and significant 
financial judgements. We are pleased to advise the Board 
that the 2022 Annual Report and the audited Financial 
Statements taken as a whole are fair, balanced and 
understandable and provide the necessary information for 
our Shareholders to assess the Company’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy.

Risk Management and Control
On an annual basis, the Audit Committee reviews the 
internal controls and risk management systems of 
the Company’s key third-party service providers. No 
significant matters of concern were raised. On an annual 
basis, the Chairman of the Audit Committee meets 
with representatives of each of the Asset Manager and 
Investment Manager to discuss and review their internal 
controls and compliance. There were no significant 
matters of concern identified from these meetings. The 

Audit Committee has reviewed and updated, where 
appropriate, the risk matrix. This is done on a six-monthly 
basis. The Company’s principal risks and uncertainties 
are set out on pages 49 to 59. During the year, the 
Committee reviewed the impact of climate change, and 
this was added as a risk to the Company’s risk matrix. The 
Committee continues to monitor inflation.

Annual Review of the External Auditor 
The Audit Committee has undertaken a review of 
the effectiveness of the external audit process and 
considered the reappointment of the Auditor. The review 
comprised, amongst other factors, the quality of the staff, 
including the performance of the lead audit partner, 
the competence and expertise of the audit team, the 
resources, and communication between the audit team 
and the Asset Manager and Investment Manager.

Any concerns with the effectiveness of the external audit 
process would be reported to the Board. No concerns 
were raised in respect of the year ended 31 December 
2022 and the Audit Committee concluded that the quality 
of the external Auditor’s work, and the knowledge and 
competence of the audit team, had been maintained at an 
appropriate standard during the year.

Audit Fees and Non-Audit Services 
An audit fee of £99,400 was agreed in respect of the audit 
of the Company for the year ended 31 December 2022 
(2021: £88,400). The Group’s audit fees for the year ended 
31 December 2022 totalled £224,400 (2021: £205,400).

In order to help safeguard the external Auditor’s 
independence and objectivity, the Audit Committee has a 
policy on the engagement of the Auditor to supply non-
audit services, taking into account the recommendations 
of the Accounting Practices Board. The scope and nature 
of all non-audit work to be carried out by the Auditor must 
be approved by the Audit Committee in advance and such 
approval will not be granted in circumstances where it 
is considered that the nature or cost of the work could 
interfere with the external Auditor’s independence.

The Auditor provided audit-related services in respect of 
agreed-upon procedures on the Group’s interim financial 
statements for the period ended 30 June 2022. The fee 
charged for this service was £29,250 (2021: £27,100). The 
Audit Committee considered this service to be closely 
aligned to the role as Auditor. The Auditor did not provide 
any non-audit services to the Company for the year under 
review (2021: £nil).

Independence and Objectivity of 
the Auditor
The Audit Committee has considered the independence 
and objectivity of the Auditor and has conducted a review 
of non-audit services which the Auditor has provided during 
the year under review. The Audit Committee receives an 
annual assurance from the Auditor that its independence 

is not compromised by the provision of non-audit services 
and that it maintains appropriate internal safeguards in 
line with applicable professional standards.

In evaluating the performance of the Auditor, the Audit 
Committee considered the effectiveness of the audit 
process, taking consideration of the quality of delivery, 
staff expertise, audit fees and the Auditor’s independence, 
along with matters raised during the audit.

Having considered the Auditor’s independence in 
respect of the year under review, the Audit Committee is 
satisfied with the Auditor’s performance, objectivity and 
independence.

The Audit Committee reviews the continuing appointment 
of the Auditor on an annual basis and gives regular 
consideration to the Auditor’s fees and independence, 
along with matters raised during each audit.

Auditor Appointment
Following consideration of the performance of the Auditor, 
the service provided during the year and a review of their 
independence and objectivity, the Audit Committee has 
recommended to the Board the continued appointment of 
RSM UK Audit LLP as the Company’s external independent 
Auditor.

Internal Audit
The Audit Committee reviewed whether an internal audit 
function would be of value and concluded that there is no 
need for an internal audit function, principally because 
the Company delegates its day-to-day operations to 
third parties that are monitored by the Committee and, 
which provide control reports on their operations at least 
annually. In addition, given the limited size and complexity 
of the business, it was agreed that an internal audit 
function would provide minimal added comfort at 
considerable extra cost to the Company.

Committee Effectiveness
During the year, the Board carried out an internally 
facilitated evaluation of its performance and that of its 
Committees. This evaluation confirmed that the Audit 
Committee continued to operate at an appropriate 
standard.

Frances Daley
Chairman 
Audit Committee

27 March 2023

110

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT

I am pleased to present our Nomination Committee Report for the year 
ended 31 December 2022, which provides an update on the nomination 
activities through the year.
William Eason 
Chairman of the Nomination Committee

Role of the Nomination Committee
The principal duties of the Nomination Committee, as 
outlined in its terms of reference, are:

•  to keep under review the structure, size and 

composition of the Board (including a review of the 
scope to further promote skills, knowledge, experience 
and diversity) and the membership of its Committees;
•  to consider and formulate succession planning for the 

• 

• 

Board;
identify suitable candidates for the role of Senior 
Independent Director; and
lead and manage the process for the appointment of 
new Directors, including the Chairman to the Board.

Composition
The Nomination Committee, whose membership consists 
solely of the independent non-executive Directors and 
myself as Chairman.

The Nomination Committee met on three occasions during 
the year. Attendance at these scheduled meetings was 
as follows:

Matters Considered by the Nomination 
Committee in the Year

Succession Planning

An important aspect of the Nomination Committee’s 
role is to consider succession planning processes to 
ensure the orderly replacement of Board members. 
Succession planning was a key focus of the Committee 
for 2022 following its assessment of the tenure of current 
Board members and will continue to be a focus in 2023. 
In January 2022, the Board engaged Nurole Limited, 
an independent external search consultancy with no 
connection to the Company or its Directors to assist 
with recruitment. With the assistance of Nurole, and 
following an extensive external search, the Committee 
appointed Massy Larizadeh as Non-Executive Director with 
effect from 1 June 2022. The Committee shortlisted and 
interviewed potential candidates and concluded that Ms 
Larizadeh was a standout candidate given her high calibre 
background and experience, whilst also demonstrating an 
understanding that acting in the Company’s shareholders’ 
best interests was of paramount importance.

Scheduled Nomination  
Committee Meetings

Number of 
meetings entitled 
to attend

Number 
attended

3

3

3

3

1

3

3

3

3

1

Member

William Eason 
(Chairman)

Frances Daley

Kevin McGrath

Daniel Taylor

Massy Larizadeh*

The Nomination Committee is required to meet at least 
once annually, and its quorum is two members.

Board Diversity
The Board’s policy on diversity is to ensure that the 
Directors on the Board have a broad range of experience, 
skills and knowledge, with diversity of thinking, 
background and perspective. Appointments to the Board 
are made on merit against objective criteria, having regard 
to the benefits of diversity and the current and future 
needs of the business and the other factors set out in the 
AIC Code.

Diversity, including, but not limited to, gender, social 
background, ethnicity, age, sexual orientation, disability 
and professional and industry specific knowledge, is an 
important consideration in ensuring that the Board and 
its committees have the right balance of skills, experience, 
independence and knowledge necessary to discharge 
their responsibilities. The committee notes the new FCA 
rules on diversity and inclusion on company boards, 
namely, that from accounting periods starting on or 
after 1 April 2022:

a.  At least 40% of individuals on the Board to be women;

b.  At least one senior Board position to be held by a 

woman; and

c.  At least one individual on the Board to be from a 

minority ethnic background.

*Appointed on 1 June 2022

111111

The committee continues to develop its succession 
planning in line with these recommendations and is opting 
to disclose its diversity data earlier than required by the 
recommendations for full transparency. 

Board Evaluation
As detailed on page 103, the Committee reviewed the 
results of the Board evaluation.

In accordance with Listing Rule 9 Annex 2.1, the below 
tables, in prescribed format, show the gender and ethnic 
background of the Directors at the date of this Report.

Gender identity 
or sex

Number 
of Board 
members

Percentage 
on the 
Board

Men

Women

Not specified/
prefer not to say

4

2

1

57%

29%

14%

Number 
of senior 
positions 
on the 
Board

2

–

–

Election and Re-election of Directors
All Board members will stand for election and re-election 
at the 2023 AGM. The Committee and the Board have 
concluded that each Director standing for election and 
re-election at the AGM continues to demonstrate the 
necessary skills, experience and commitment to contribute 
effectively and add value to the Board. Biographies of 
each Director are available on pages 87 and 88. It is the 
Committee’s and the Board’s view that the Directors’ 
biographies illustrate why each Director’s contribution 
is, and continues to be, important to the Company’s 
long-term sustainable success. Details of the Board 
evaluation and effectiveness process can be found on 
pages 103 and 104.

Number 
of Board 
members

Percentage 
on the 
Board

Number 
of senior 
positions 
on the 
Board

Committee Effectiveness
In 2022, the Nomination Committee’s focus was on 
succession planning, with consideration being given to 
the diversity of the Board. For 2023, the Nomination 
Committee will continue to focus on succession planning 
and will also monitor the actions arising out of this year’s 
performance evaluation exercise. 

William Eason
Chairman

Nomination Committee

27 March 2023

5

–

–

–

1

1

71%

–

–

–

14%

14%

2

–

–

–

–

–

Ethnic  
background

White British 
or other White 
(including 
minority white 
groups)

Mixed/Multiple 
Ethnic Groups

Asian/Asian 
British

Black/African/
Caribbean/Black 
British

Other ethnic 
group, including 
Arab

Not specified/
prefer not to say

The data in the above tables was collected through 
self-reporting by the Directors.

112

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022MANAGEMENT ENGAGEMENT AND REMUNERATION 
COMMITTEE REPORT

I am pleased to present the Management Engagement and Remuneration
Committee (“MERC”) Report for the year ended 31 December 2022. 
William Eason 
Chairman of the Management Engagement and Remuneration Committee

Activities During the Year 
The Board keeps the ongoing performance of each of the 
Asset and Investment Manager under continual review 
and, through the MERC, conducts an annual appraisal of 
the performance of each of the Managers, along with the 
performance of key third-party service providers.

On a regular basis, the Board reviews the acquisition and 
disposal decisions made by the Asset Manager. To ensure 
open and regular communication between the Managers 
and the Board, representatives of both Managers have 
been appointed to the Board and attend all Board 
meetings. The Asset Manager provides regular updates 
to the Board on the Company’s assets and the property 
market generally. The Investment Manager provides 
regular updates to the Board on the Company’s financial 
performance. The Board keeps the performance of both 
Managers under continual review.

The MERC considered the ongoing appointment of the 
Company’s third-party service providers for the year 
ended 31 December 2022 and was satisfied with the 
effectiveness of the performance of these providers and 
that the Company was benefiting from added value in 
respect of the services it procures from these third parties. 
It recommended to the Board that all third-party service 
providers be retained.

In addition, the Investment Manager undertakes continual 
review of the competitiveness of the fees of the Company’s 
service providers and advises the MERC as appropriate.

The MERC also considered the remuneration of the 
independent non-executive Directors, details of which can 
be found in the Remuneration Report on pages 115 and 
116. No individual was involved in discussions about his/ 
her own remuneration.

Role of the Management Engagement 
and Remuneration Committee
The principal duties of the MERC are:

•  to recommend and monitor the appropriateness of 
the ongoing appointment of the Asset Manager and 
Investment Manager of the Company and make a 
recommendation to the Board thereon;

•  to recommend and monitor the appropriateness of 

the level of fees of the Asset Manager and Investment 
Manager and make a recommendation to the Board 
thereon;

•  to recommend and monitor the appropriateness of 
the ongoing appointment of the third-party service 
providers and make a recommendation to the Board 
thereon;

•  to monitor and agree the level and structure of 
remuneration of the Directors of the Company;

•  to authorise the policy for authorising claims for 

expenses from the Directors; and

•  to select, appoint and set the terms for any 

remuneration consultant who advises the Committee.

Composition and Meetings
The MERC, whose membership remained unchanged 
except for the addition of Massy Larizadeh, consists solely 
of the independent non-executive Directors and myself 
as Chairman. The Committee met three times during the 
year. The MERC is required to meet at least once annually, 
and its quorum is two members.

Attendance at these meetings was as follows:

Scheduled MERC Meetings

Number of meetings 
entitled to attend

Number 
attended

3

3

3

3

–

3

3

3

3

–

Member

William Eason 
(Chairman)

Kevin McGrath

Daniel Taylor 

Frances Daley 

Massy Larizadeh*

*Appointed on 1 June 2022

113113

Directors’ Interests
The Company’s Articles of Incorporation do not require a 
Director to own Shares in the Company. The interests of 
the Directors and any connected persons in the Ordinary 
Shares of the Company as at 31 December 2022 and the 
date of this report can be found on page 90.

Remuneration Advisers
The Company has not sought the advice or service by 
any outside persons or consultants in respect of the 
consideration of Directors’ remuneration.

Committee Effectiveness
During the year, the Board carried out an internally 
facilitated evaluation of its performance and that of its 
Committees. This evaluation confirmed that the MERC 
continued to operate at a high standard. 

William Eason
Chairman

Management Engagement and Remuneration 
Committee

27 March 2023

114114

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

Directors’ Remuneration
The level of remuneration has been set to reflect the 
experience and expertise of the Board as a whole, 
determined with reference to comparable organisations 
and appointments. The Directors shall be entitled to 
receive fees for their services, such sums not to exceed in 
aggregate £400,000 in any financial year (or such sum as 
the Company in a general meeting shall from time to time 
determine) as determined within the limits stated in the 
Company’s articles of incorporation. The fee for any new 
Director appointed will be determined on the same basis.

Mr Eason receives no additional remuneration for his role 
as chairman of the MERC and Nomination Committee or 
as Senior Independent Non-Executive Director. Ms Daley 
receives additional remuneration for her role as chairman 
of the Audit Committee to reflect the more onerous role.

Mr Inglis has waived his right to receive remuneration 
from the Company due to his position as chief executive 
officer of the Asset Manager. Mr Bee has waived his right 
to receive remuneration from the Company due to his 
position as chief legal counsel of the Investment Manager.

The Directors may be paid all reasonable travel, hotel and 
other out-of-pocket expenses properly incurred by them 
in attending Board or committee meetings or general 
meetings, and all reasonable expenses properly incurred 
by them seeking independent professional advice on any 
matter that concerns them in the furtherance of their 
duties as a Director.

At the 2022 AGM, the Board proposed an Ordinary 
Resolution to increase the cap on the aggregate amount 
of fees that can be paid to Directors from £300,000 per 
annum to £400,000 per annum which was passed by 
shareholders. The increase provides the Board with the 
flexibility to make further appointments to the Board 
as the Company continues to grow and to ensure that 
Directors fees are sufficient to ensure that candidates of a 
high calibre are recruited to the Board. Ms Larizadeh was 
appointed to the Board on 1 June 2022 and is a member of 
the MERC.

Additional Remuneration
There are no performance conditions attaching to the 
remuneration of the Directors as the Board does not 
believe that this is appropriate for non-executive Directors. 
The Directors are not eligible for bonuses and do not 
receive pension benefits, long-term incentive schemes 
or Share options or any other non-statutory benefits 
or incentives. Directors’ & Officers’ Liability Insurance is 
maintained and paid for by the Company on behalf of the 
Directors. No Director is entitled to any other monetary 
payment or any assets of the Company. The same 
principles will apply to any new appointments.

As Chairman of the MERC and on behalf of the Board, 
I am pleased to present the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report for the year ended 31 December 2022.

William Eason 
Chairman of the Management Engagement and 
Remuneration Committee

Statement from the Chairman 
This report has been prepared in accordance with the 
relevant requirements of the Listing Rules. The MERC 
comprises only the non-executive Directors of the 
Company.

As at 31 December 2022 and the date of this report, the 
Board consists entirely of non-executive Directors and the 
Company has no employees. The MERC reviews Directors’ 
fees on an annual basis. During the year under review, 
the MERC reviewed the level of Directors’ remuneration, 
having regard to the level of activity of the Company, 
its financial results, market rates generally and the 
time commitment and responsibilities required of each 
Director. As a result of this review, the MERC decided to 
not make any changes to the Directors’ remuneration.

Each Director abstained from voting on their own 
individual remuneration. The annual fees for the Directors 
were last increased on 1 April 2022 and remain within the 
approved maximum aggregate set out in the Company’s 
Articles of Incorporation of £400,000 per annum. The 
MERC ensured that the level of remuneration remained 
aligned to the performance of the Company and will 
take into consideration the views of Shareholders on 
Directors’ remuneration.

The MERC has not been provided with any advice or 
services by any person or organisation in respect of its 
consideration of the Directors’ remuneration.

The MERC met three times during the year.

115

Payment for Loss of Office and Payments 
to Past Directors
Compensation will not be made upon early termination of 
appointment. No payment has been made to any former 
Director for loss of office and there were no payments 
for past Directors in the year ended 31 December 2022 
(2021: none).

Remuneration Consultants
The Group did not engage the services of an external 
remuneration consultant during the period under review.

Total Director Remuneration (audited)
The remuneration paid to the Directors as fees for their 
services during the year is set out in the table below: 

Director

Kevin McGrath

William Eason

Daniel Taylor

Frances Daley

Massy Larizadeh*

Stephen Inglis

Tim Bee

Fees paid to  
31 December 
2022

Fees paid to  
31 December 
2021

£76,125

£54,375

£54,375

£56,250

£32,083

–

–

£73,500

£52,500

£52,500

£52,500

–

–

–

Aggregate: 

£273,208

£231,000

During 2022, the remuneration of the Directors increased 
by 5%, effective 1 April 2022.

None of the Directors has a service contract, but 
letters of appointment setting out the terms of their 
appointment are in place. Directors are not entitled to any 
compensation for loss of office. Copies of the letters of 
appointment are available for inspection at the Company’s 
registered office address and will be made available for up 
to 15 minutes prior to the start of the AGM.

No additional remuneration was paid to the Directors 
during the year. No Director claimed any expenses during 
the year

The basic fee payable to Directors in respect of the year 
ended 31 December 2022 and the expected fees payable 
in respect of the year ending 31 December 2023 are set 
out in the table below:

Expected annual 
fees for the year 
to 31 December 
2023

Annual fees  
for the year to  
31 December 
2022

Chairman

£77,000

£76,125

Non-executive 
Director

Chairman of the 
Audit Committee 

Total 
remuneration 
paid to Directors 

£55,000

£54,375

£57,500

£56,250

£299,500

£273,208

Directors’ Shareholdings

Neither the Company’s articles of incorporation nor the 
Directors’ letters of appointment require a Director to own 
Shares in the Company. Any shares held by the Directors 
and their connected persons have been bought on the 
open market. Details of the Directors’ interests in Shares 
are provided on page 90.

Shareholder Engagement 
The Company is committed to ongoing Shareholder 
dialogue and any views expressed by Shareholders on 
the fees being paid to Directors would be taken into 
consideration by the MERC in the annual review of 
Directors’ fees.

By order of the Board

William Eason
Chairman of the Management Engagement and 
Remuneration Committee

27 March 2023

*Appointed on 1 June 2022.

116

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE  
MEMBERS OF REGIONAL REIT LIMITED

Opinion

Basis for opinion

We have audited the financial statements of Regional 
REIT Limited (the ‘parent company’) and its subsidiaries 
(the ‘group’) for the year ended 31 December 2022 which 
comprise the consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income, consolidated statement of financial position, 
consolidated statement of changes in equity, consolidated 
statement of cash flows and notes to the financial 
statements, including significant accounting policies. 
The financial reporting framework that has been applied 
in their preparation is applicable law and UK-adopted 
International Accounting Standards.

In our opinion, the financial statements:

•  give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s 

affairs as at 31 December 2022 and of the group’s loss 
for the year then ended;

•  are in accordance with UK-adopted International 

Accounting Standards; and

•  comply with the requirements of The Companies 

(Guernsey) Law, 2008.

We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. 
Our responsibilities under those standards are further 
described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit 
of the financial statements section of our report. We are 
independent of the group in accordance with the ethical 
requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial 
statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard 
as applied to listed public interest entities, and we have 
fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance 
with these requirements. We believe that the audit 
evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to 
provide a basis for our opinion.

Summary of our audit approach

Key audit matters

Group

Materiality

Group

• 

Valuation of Investment Property

•  Overall materiality: £9,890,000 (2021: £10,600,000)

• 

Performance materiality: £7,420,000 (2021: £7,990,000)

Scope

Our audit procedures covered 79% of revenue, 97% of total assets and 97% of 
profit before tax.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of 
the group financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material 
misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) we identified, including those which had the greatest effect on the overall 
audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters 
were addressed in the context of our audit of the group financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion 
thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

117

Investment Properties

Key audit matter 
description

This is detailed in the Audit Committee report on page 109; the significant accounting judgements and estimates on page 
131; note 4.4 of the significant accounting policies to the financial statements on page 133; note 14 of the notes to the 
financial statements on pages 142 to 144.

How the matter was 
addressed in the audit

The Group owns or controls through a portfolio of Special Purpose Vehicles (SPV’s) a portfolio of investment properties 
which include industrial, office and retail properties. The total value of the portfolio at 31 December 2022 was £789.5 million 
(2021: £906.1 million). These properties are diversified across the UK with a wide geographical spread.

The Directors’ assessment of the value of the investment properties at the year-end date is considered a key audit matter 
due to the magnitude of the total amount, the potential impact of the movement in value on the reported results, and the 
subjectivity and complexity of the valuation process.

The valuation is carried out by external valuers, Cushman & Wakefield, in line with the methodology set out in note 3.1.1.

We audited the independent valuations of investment properties to evaluate whether they had been prepared on a 
consistent basis for all properties and in accordance with RICS standards and are considered to be appropriate and correctly 
recorded in the consolidated financial statements in line with financial reporting framework. We assessed the external 
valuers’ qualifications and expertise and considered their terms of engagement, we also considered their objectivity and any 
other existing relationships with the group and concluded that there was no evidence that the valuers’ objectivity had been 
compromised. We specifically enquired of any challenge that had been made on their valuation report from parties related 
to the Group.

We engaged a property valuation specialist, as our auditor’s expert, and based on our initial discussions we identified 50 
properties for detailed testing, where the current year valuation movement fell outside their current market expectations, or 
where the property was either individually material or had produced a yield out with expectations from our overall review of 
the portfolio. 

We discussed and challenged the valuation of 32 of these properties with the valuer directly. The valuer demonstrated a 
detailed knowledge of each property, the geographical location, the tenant status and the overall asset desirability. We 
corroborated the additional information provided to support these movements.

In addition, our auditor’s expert carried out a review of the valuations for the remaining 18 properties. Our expert 
considered the specific inputs to these valuations and also considered the comparable transaction evidence that was used 
by management’s expert in preparing their valuation.

We tested the inputs used by the valuer and ensured these reflected the correct inputs for a sample of properties.

Key observations

We concluded that the fair values of the investment properties being adopted by the group were appropriate.

Our application of materiality

When establishing our overall audit strategy, we set certain thresholds which help us to determine the nature, timing 
and extent of our audit procedures. When evaluating whether the effects of misstatements, both individually and 
on the financial statements as a whole, could reasonably influence the economic decisions of the users we take into 
account the qualitative nature and the size of the misstatements. Based on our professional judgement, we determined 
materiality as follows:

Group

Overall materiality

£9.890,000 (2021: £10,600,000)

Basis for determining overall materiality

1.1% (2021: 1.0%) of Total Assets

Rationale for benchmark applied

Total assets was used as a benchmark as it was assessed that the shareholders will be primarily 
interested in the growth in the value of property, represented by the property valuation.

Performance materiality

£7,420,000 (2021: £8,010,000)

Basis for determining performance 
materiality

75% of overall materiality

Materiality levels for those classes of 
transactions where materiality levels are 
lower than overall materiality

The statement of comprehensive income was tested to the lower Performance Materiality figure of 
£2,040,000 (2021: £1,800,000) to ensure adequate coverage of these values. This has been calculated as 
4.0% (2021: 4.0%) of Operating profit before gains and losses on property assets and other investments.

Reporting of misstatements to the 
Audit Committee

Misstatements in excess of £494,000 (2021: £534,000) and misstatements below that threshold that, in 
our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.

118

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE  
MEMBERS OF REGIONAL REIT LIMITED CONTINUED

An overview of the scope of our audit
The group consists of 65 components, located in the following countries; Guernsey; Jersey; and the United Kingdom. 
The coverage achieved by our audit procedures was:

Revenue

Total assets

Profit before tax

21%

21%

21%

3%

3%

 Full scope
 Specific audit procedures
 Analytical procedures

 Full scope
 Specific audit procedures
 Analytical procedures

 Full scope
 Specific audit procedures
 Analytical procedures

79%

76%

76%

Full scope audits were performed for 8 components, 
specific audit procedures for 21 components and analytical 
procedures at group level for the remaining 36 components.
The specific audit procedures for 18 components included 
the review of the investment properties held by those 
components and the change in fair value of investment 
properties. The specific audit procedures for 2 components 
included procedures on cash and cash equivalents, 
and additionally on interest payable for 1 of these. The 
specific audit procedures for the final component included 
procedures on the derivative financial instrument and net 
movement in fair value of derivative financial instruments.
All audit work on the components was performed by 
RSM UK Audit LLP with no work performed by other 
component auditors.

Conclusions relating to going concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded 
that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of 
accounting in the preparation of the financial statements 
is appropriate. Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment 
of the group’s ability to continue to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting included:
•  checking the integrity and accuracy of the cashflow 
forecasts and covenant calculations prepared by 
management;

•  challenging management on the reasonableness of 

the assumptions made in the forecasts particularly in 
respect of; the non-payment of rent by tenants; the 
drawdown of funds from existing bank facilities; the 
headroom in banking covenants; and the ability to 
make dividend payments;

•  assessing the reasonableness of assumptions and 

explanations provided by management to supporting 
information, where available;

•  stress-testing management’s cashflow forecasts to 

assess the impact of assumptions worse than those 
included in management’s model; and

•  auditing the accuracy of disclosures made in the 
financial statements in respect of going concern.

We have no key observations to make.
Based on the work we have performed, we have not 
identified any material uncertainties relating to events 
or conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast 
significant doubt on the group’s ability to continue as a 
going concern for a period of at least twelve months from 
when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

119

In relation to the entity’s reporting on how they have 
applied the AIC Code of Corporate Governance, we have 
nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to 
the directors’ statement in the financial statements about 
whether the directors considered it appropriate to adopt 
the going concern basis of accounting.
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the 
directors with respect to going concern are described in 
the relevant sections of this report.

Other information
The other information comprises the information included 
in the annual report, other than the financial statements 
and our auditor’s report thereon. The directors are 
responsible for the other information contained within the 
annual report. Our opinion on the financial statements 
does not cover the other information and we do not 
express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, 
in doing so, consider whether the other information is 
materially inconsistent with the financial statements 
or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit 
or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If 
we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent 
material misstatements, we are required to determine 
whether this gives rise to a material misstatement in the 
financial statements themselves. If, based on the work 
we have performed, we conclude that there is a material 
misstatement of this other information, we are required to 
report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

Matters on which we are required to 
report by exception
We have nothing to report in respect of the following 
matters where The Companies (Guernsey) Law 2008 
requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  proper accounting records have not been kept by the 

parent company; or

•  the financial statements are not in agreement with the 

accounting records; or

•  we have failed to obtain all the information and 

explanations which, to the best of our knowledge and 
belief, are necessary for the purposes of our audit.

The extent to which the audit was 
considered capable of detecting 
irregularities, including fraud
Irregularities are instances of non-compliance with 
laws and regulations. The objectives of our audit are to 
obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding 
compliance with laws and regulations that have a direct 
effect on the determination of material amounts and 
disclosures in the financial statements, to perform audit 
procedures to help identify instances of non-compliance 
with other laws and regulations that may have a material 
effect on the financial statements, and to respond 
appropriately to identified or suspected non-compliance 
with laws and regulations identified during the audit.

In relation to fraud, the objectives of our audit are to 
identify and assess the risk of material misstatement of 
the financial statements due to fraud, to obtain sufficient 
appropriate audit evidence regarding the assessed risks 
of material misstatement due to fraud through designing 
and implementing appropriate responses and to respond 
appropriately to fraud or suspected fraud identified during 
the audit.

However, it is the primary responsibility of management, 
with the oversight of those charged with governance, 
to ensure that the entity's operations are conducted in 
accordance with the provisions of laws and regulations 
and for the prevention and detection of fraud.

In identifying and assessing risks of material misstatement 
in respect of irregularities, including fraud, the group audit 
engagement team and component auditors:

•  obtained an understanding of the nature of the 

industry and sector, including the legal and regulatory 
framework, that the group operates in and how the 
group is complying with the legal and regulatory 
framework;

• 

inquired of management, and those charged with 
governance, about their own identification and 
assessment of the risks of irregularities, including any 
known actual, suspected or alleged instances of fraud; 
and

•  discussed matters about non-compliance with laws 

and regulations and how fraud might occur including 
assessment of how and where the financial statements 
may be susceptible to fraud, having obtained an 
understanding of the effectiveness of the control 
environment.

All relevant laws and regulations identified at a Group level 
and areas susceptible to fraud that could have a material 
effect on the consolidated financial statements were 
communicated to component auditors. Any instances of 
non-compliance with laws and regulations identified and 
communicated by a component auditor were considered 
in our group audit approach.

Corporate governance statement
We have reviewed the directors’ statement in relation to 
going concern, longer-term viability and that part of the 
Corporate Governance Statement relating to the parent 
company’s compliance with the provisions of the AIC Code 
of Corporate Governance specified for our review by the 
Listing Rules.

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we 
have concluded that each of the following elements of the 
Corporate Governance Statement is materially consistent 
with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained 
during the audit:

•  Directors’ statement with regards the appropriateness 
of adopting the going concern basis of accounting and 
any material uncertainties identified set out on page 60;

•  Directors’ explanation as to its assessment of the 

group’s prospects, the period this assessment covers 
and why this period is appropriate set out on page 60;

•  Directors’ statement on whether it has a reasonable 
expectation that the group will be able to continue in 
operation and meets its liabilities set out on page 60;

•  Directors’ statement on fair, balanced and 

understandable set out on page 96;

•  Board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust 

assessment of the emerging and principal risks set out 
on page 106;

•  The section of the annual report that describes the 

review of effectiveness of risk management and internal 
control systems set out on page 106; and,

•  The section describing the work of the audit committee 

set out on pages 107 to 110.

Responsibilities of directors
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities 
statement set out on page 95, the directors are 
responsible for the preparation of the financial statements 
and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, 
and for such internal control as the directors determine 
is necessary to enable the preparation of financial 
statements that are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are 
responsible for assessing the group’s ability to continue as 
a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related 
to going concern and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate 
the group or to cease operations, or have no realistic 
alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of 
the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, 
and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is 
not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance 
with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement 
when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or 
error and are considered material if, individually or in the 
aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence 
the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of 
these financial statements.

120

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE  
MEMBERS OF REGIONAL REIT LIMITED CONTINUED

The most significant laws and regulations were determined as follows:

Legislation / Regulation

IFRS;
The Companies (Guernsey) Law 
2008;
AIC Code of Corporate 
Governance; and
Listing and Transparency Rules

Tax compliance; and 
UK REIT regulations

Additional audit procedures performed by the Group audit engagement 
team and component auditors included:

Review of the financial statement disclosures and testing to supporting 
documentation;
Completion of disclosure checklist to identify areas of non-compliance.

Inspection of advice received from external tax advisors;
Input from an internal auditor’s expert was obtained regarding compliance with 
the UK REIT regulations.

Land and Building Regulations

Inspection of technical due diligence report and legal due diligence report.

Environmental Policies and 
Regulations

Inspection of environmental due diligence report.

Health and Safety Regulations

Inspection of health and safety risk report.

The areas that we identified as being susceptible to material misstatement due to fraud were:

Risk

Management override of 
internal controls

Revenue recognition

Audit procedures performed by the Group audit engagement team and 
component auditors:

Testing the appropriateness of journal entries and other adjustments using a 
data analytics tool to select a risk based sample;
Assessing whether the judgements made in making accounting estimates are 
indicative of a potential bias; and
Evaluating the business rationale of any significant transactions that are unusual 
or outside the normal course of business.

Performing substantive analytical review to test the rental income that is 
recognised and assessing whether this is recognised in accordance with the latest 
signed tenancy agreements;
Testing a sample of tenancies to rental agreement; and
Testing the accuracy of disclosures made in the financial statements in respect 
of revenue.

Investment properties

See the key audit matters section of this report for work performed on this area.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit 
of the financial statements is included in appendix 1 of 
this auditor’s report. This description, which is located at 
page 122 forms part of our auditor’s report.

Other matters which we are required 
to address
Following the recommendation of the audit committee, we 
were appointed by the audit committee on 06 November 
2015 to audit the financial statements for the year ending 
31 December 2015 and subsequent financial periods.

The period of total uninterrupted consecutive 
appointments is eight years, covering the years ending 
31 December 2015 to 31 December 2022.

The non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical 
Standard were not provided to the group and we remain 
independent of the group in conducting our audit.

Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report 
to the audit committee in accordance with ISAs (UK).

Use of our report
This report is made solely to the company’s members, 
as a body, in accordance with section 262 of The 
Companies (Guernsey) Law 2008. Our audit work has 

121

been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s 
members those matters we are required to state to 
them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To 
the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or 
assume responsibility to anyone other than the company 
and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work, 
for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

As required by the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) 
Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rule (DTR) 4.1.14R, 
these financial statements will form part of the European 
Single Electronic Format (ESEF) prepared Annual Financial 
Report filed on the National Storage Mechanism of the 
UK FCA in accordance with the ESEF Regulatory Technical 
Standard (‘ESEF RTS’). This auditor’s report provides no 
assurance over whether the annual financial report has 
been prepared using the single electronic format specified 
in the ESEF RTS.

ALAN AITCHISON
For and on behalf of RSM UK AUDIT LLP, Auditor
Chartered Accountants
Third Floor, Centenary House
69 Wellington Street
Glasgow G2 6HG

27 March 2023

APPENDIX 1: AUDITOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES FOR  
THE AUDIT OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs (UK), we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional 
scepticism throughout the audit. We also:

• 

Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, 
design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and 
appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from 
fraud is higher than for one resulting from error as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, 
misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

•  Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are 
appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the 
group’s internal control. 

•  Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and 

related disclosures made by the directors.

•  Conclude on the appropriateness of the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on 

the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast 
significant doubt on the group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty 
exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the financial statements 
or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence 
obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may cause the group to cease to 
continue as a going concern.

•  Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial statements, including the disclosures, and 
whether the financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair 
presentation.

•  Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business activities 

within the group to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, 
supervision and performance of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion.

We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing 
of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during 
our audit.

We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical 
requirements regarding independence, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to public interest entities, 
and communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our 
independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.

From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determine those matters that were of most 
significance in the audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current period and are therefore the key audit 
matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about 
the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our 
report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest 
benefits of such communication.

We are required to include in the auditor’s report an explanation of how we evaluated management’s assessment 
of the group’s ability to continue as a going concern and, where relevant, key observations arising with respect to 
that evaluation.

122

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

125

126

127

128

129

123

124

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

Continuing Operations 

Revenue

Rental and property income

Property costs

Net rental and property income

Administrative and other expenses

Operating profit before gains and losses on property assets and other 
Operating profit before gains and losses on property assets and other 
investments
investments

(Loss)/gain on disposal of investment properties

Change in fair value of investment properties

Gain on the disposal of right of use assets

Change in fair value of right of use assets

Operating (loss)/profit

Finance income

Finance expenses

Net movement in fair value of derivative financial instruments

(Loss)/profit before tax

Taxation

Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year  
(attributable to owners of the parent company)

Year ended
31 December 
2022
£’000

Year ended 
31 December 
2021 
£’000 

Notes

5

6

7

14

14

25

25

9

10

24

11

93,318

79,899

(30,672)

(24,075)

62,646

55,824

(11,421)

(10,583)

51,225
51,225

(8,636)

(113,233)

76

(185)

45,241
45,241

679

(8,296)

167

(206)

(70,753)

37,585

126

14

(17,285)

(14,872)

22,743

(65,169)

6

6,045

28,772

(15)

(65,163)

28,757

(Loss)/earnings per Share – basic and diluted

12

(12.6)p

6.3p

The notes on pages 129 to 162 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Total comprehensive income arises from continuing operations.

125

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION  
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2022

Assets

Non-current assets

Investment properties

Right of use assets

Non-current receivables on tenant loan

Derivative financial instruments

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Liabilities

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Deferred income

Deferred tax liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Bank and loan borrowings 

Retail eligible bonds

Lease liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Stated capital

(Accumulated losses) 

Total equity attributable to owners of the parent company

31 December 
2022
£’000

31 December 
2021 
£’000 

Notes

14

25

16

24

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

25

26

789,480

11,126

578

24,449

825,633

30,274

50,148

80,422

906,149

16,482

819

1,706

925,156

29,404

56,128

85,532

906,055

1,010,688

(39,231)

(16,661)

(699)

(56,591)

(40,966)

(16,751)

(705)

(58,422)

(385,265)

(383,474)

(49,752)

(11,505)

(446,522)

(503,113)

(49,596)

(16,795)

(449,865)

(508,287)

402,942

502,401

513,762

(110,820)

402,942

513,762

(11,361)

502,401

Net asset value per Share – basic and diluted

27

78.1p

97.4p

The notes on pages 129 to 162 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

These consolidated group financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 
27 March 2023 and signed on its behalf by:

Kevin McGrath
Chairman

27 March 2023

126

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY  
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

Attributable to owners of the parent company

Balance at 1 January 2022

Total comprehensive loss

Dividends paid

Notes

13

Stated
capital
£’000

(Accumulated 
losses)
£’000

513,762

–

–

(11,361)

(65,163)

(34,296)

Balance at 31 December 2022

513,762

(110,820)

For the year ended 31 December 2021

Total
£’000

502,401

(65,163)

(34,296)

402,942

Balance at 1 January 2021

Total comprehensive income

Shares issued

Share issue costs

Dividends paid

Balance at 31 December 2021

Attributable to owners of the parent company

Stated
capital
£’000

430,819

–

83,051

(108)

–

513,762

(Accumulated 
losses)
£’000

(10,237)

28,757

–

–

(29,881)

(11,361)

Total
£’000

420,582

28,757

83,051

(108)

(29,881)

502,401

Notes

26

26

13

The notes on pages 129 to 162 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

127

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

Cash flows from operating activities

(Loss)/profit for the year before taxation

Change in fair value of investment properties

Change in fair value of financial derivative instruments

Loss/(gain) on disposal of investment properties

Gain on disposal of right of use assets

Change in fair value of right of use assets

Finance income

Finance expense

(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables

(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables 

(Decrease)/increase in deferred income

Cash generated from operations

Interest paid

Taxation received

Year ended
31 December 
2022
£’000

Year ended 
31 December 
2021 
£’000 

(65,169)

113,233

(22,743)

8,636

(76)

185

(126)

17,285

(619)

(2,060)

(90)

48,456

(15,198)

–

28,772

8,296

(6,045)

(679)

(167)

206

(14)

14,872

4,398

5,089

2,167

56,895

(13,053)

–

Net cash flow generated from operating activities

33,258

43,842

Investing activities

Purchase of investment properties

Sale of investment properties

Interest received

Net cash flow used in investing activities

Financing activities

Share issue costs

Dividends paid

Bank borrowings advanced

Bank borrowings repaid

Bank borrowing costs paid

Lease repayments 

Net cash flow (used in)/generated from financing activities

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the start of the year

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

(89,287)

84,087

116

(5,084)

–

(33,971)

14,322

(13,467)

(485)

(553)

(34,154)

(5,980)

56,128

50,148

The notes on pages 129 to 162 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

(175,196)

76,940

15

(98,241)

(108)

(27,813)

77,305

(3,539)

(2,051)

(640)

43,154

(11,245)

67,373

56,128

128

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR 
THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

2.2. Going concern 
The Directors confirm that they have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group has adequate resources 
to continue as a going concern. This expectation is 
underpinned by the Board having made an assessment 
of the Group’s ability to continue in operational 
existence, giving due consideration to the Group’s cash 
resources, borrowing facilities, rental income, acquisition 
and disposals of investment properties, elective and 
committed capital expenditure and dividend distributions.

No material uncertainties have been detected which 
would influence the Group’s ability to continue as a 
going concern for a period of at least 12 months from 
the approval of these financial statements. The Directors 
have satisfied themselves that the Group has adequate 
financial resources to continue in operational existence for 
this period.

Accordingly, the Board of Directors continue to adopt the 
going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

2.3. Business combinations
At the time of acquisition, the Group considers whether 
each acquisition represents the acquisition of a business 
or the acquisition of an asset. For an acquisition of a 
business where an integrated set of activities are acquired 
in addition to the property, the Group accounts for the 
acquisition as a business combination under IFRS 3 
Business Combinations (“IFRS 3”).

Where such acquisitions are not judged to be the 
acquisition of a business, they are not treated as business 
combinations. Rather, the cost to acquire the corporate 
entity is allocated between the identifiable assets and 
liabilities of the entity based upon their relative fair 
values at the acquisition date. Accordingly, no goodwill or 
additional deferred tax arises.

1.  Corporate information
The Group’s consolidated financial statements for the 
year ended 31 December 2022 comprise the results of the 
Company and its subsidiaries (together constituting the 
“Group”) and were approved by the Board and authorised 
for issue on 27 March 2023. 

The Company is a company limited by Shares incorporated 
in Guernsey under The Companies (Guernsey) Law, 
2008, as amended (the “Law”). The Company’s Ordinary 
Shares are admitted to the Official List of the Financial 
Conduct Authority (“FCA”) and traded on the London Stock 
Exchange (“LSE”).

The Company was incorporated on 22 June 2015 and 
is registered with the Guernsey Financial Services 
Commission as a Registered Closed-Ended Collective 
Investment Scheme pursuant to The Protection of 
Investors (Bailiwick of Guernsey) Law, 2020, as amended, 
and the Registered Collective Investment Scheme Rules & 
Guidance 2021.

The Company did not begin trading until 6 November 2015 
when the Shares were admitted to trading on the LSE.

The nature of the Group’s operations and its principal 
activities are set out in the Strategic Report on pages 9 
to 84.

The address of the registered office is Mont Crevelt House, 
Bulwer Avenue, St. Sampson, Guernsey GY2 4LH.

2.  Basis of preparation

The Group’s consolidated financial statements have been 
prepared on a going concern basis in accordance with the 
Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules of the FCA, 
the requirements of The Companies (Guernsey) Law 2008 
and with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards.

The Group’s consolidated financial statements have been 
prepared on a historical cost basis, as modified for the 
Group’s investment properties and certain financial assets 
and financial liabilities (including derivative instruments) at 
fair value through profit or loss.

2.1. Functional and presentation 

currency

The financial information is presented in Pounds Sterling, 
which is also the functional currency, and all values are 
rounded to the nearest thousand (£’000) pound, except 
where otherwise indicated.

129

2.4. New standards, amendments and 

2.5. New standards, amendments and 

interpretations

New standards, amendments to standards and 
interpretations which came into effect for accounting 
periods starting on or after 1 January 2022 and which have 
had an impact on the financial statements are as follows:

Amendments to IFRS 3 ‘Business Combinations’ 
(effective for periods beginning on or after 1 January 
2022) – gives clarification on the recognition of contingent 
liabilities at acquisition and clarifies that contingent assets 
should not be recognised at the acquisition date. The 
amendments do not have a significant impact on the 
preparation of these financial statements.

Amendments to IAS 37 ‘Provisions, Contingent 
Liabilities and Contingent Assets’ (effective for periods 
beginning on or after 1 January 2022) – gives clarification 
on costs to include in estimating the cost of fulfilling 
a contract for the purpose of assessing whether that 
contract is onerous. The amendments do not have a 
significant impact on the preparation of these financial 
statements.

Amendments to IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ (effective 
for periods beginning on or after 1 January 2022) – gives 
clarification on the fees an entity includes when assessing 
whether the terms of a new or modified financial liability 
are substantially different from the terms of the original 
liability. The amendments do not have a significant impact 
on the preparation of these financial statements.

interpretations effective for future 
accounting periods

A number of new standards, amendments to standards 
and interpretations are effective for periods beginning 
on or after 1 January 2023 and have not been applied in 
preparing these financial statements. These are:

Amendments to IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial 
Statements’ (effective for periods beginning on or after 
1 January 2023) – are intended to help entities in deciding 
which accounting policies to disclose in their financial 
statements. The amendments are not expected to have 
a significant impact on the preparation of the financial 
statements.

Amendments to IAS 8 ‘Accounting Policies, Changes in 
Accounting Estimates and Errors’ (effective for periods 
beginning on or after 1 January 2023) – introduces the 
definition of an accounting estimate and includes other 
amendments to help entities distinguish changes in 
accounting estimates from changes in accounting policies. 
The amendments are not expected to have a significant 
impact on the preparation of the financial statements.

Amendments to IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial 
Statements’ (effective for periods beginning on or after 
1 January 2024 – clarifies how conditions with which 
an entity must comply within twelve months after the 
reporting period affect the classification of a liability.

The amendments also clarify that liabilities are classified 
as either current or non-current, depending on the rights 
that exist at the end of the reporting period and not 
expectations of or actual events after the reporting date. 
The amendments also give clarification to the definition 
of settlement of a liability. These amendments are not 
expected to have a significant impact on the preparation 
of the financial statements.

130

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR 
THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022 CONTINUED

3.  Significant accounting judgements, 

3.1.2.  Fair valuation of interest rate 

estimates and assumptions

derivatives

The preparation of the financial statements requires 
management to make judgements, estimates and 
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of 
revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities at the reporting 
date. However, uncertainty about these assumptions and 
estimates could result in outcomes that require a material 
adjustment to the carrying amount of the asset or liability 
affected in future periods.

3.1. Critical accounting estimates and 

assumptions

The principal estimates that may be material to the 
carrying amount of assets and liabilities are as follows:

3.1.1. Valuation of investment property
The fair value of investment property, which has a carrying 
value at the reporting date of £789,480,000 (31 December 
2021: £906,149,000), is determined by independent 
property valuation experts to be the estimated amount 
for which a property should exchange on the date of 
the valuation in an arm’s length transaction. Properties 
have been valued on an individual basis. The valuation 
experts use recognised valuation techniques applying the 
principles of both IAS 40 and IFRS 13.

The value of the properties has been assessed in 
accordance with the relevant parts of the current RICS 
Red Book. In particular, we have assessed the fair value 
as referred to in VPS4 item 7 of the RICS Red Book. 
Under these provisions, the term “Fair Value” means 
the definition adopted by the International Accounting 
Standards Board (“IASB”) in IFRS 13, namely “The price 
that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer 
a liability in an orderly transaction between market 
participants at the measurement date”. Factors reflected 
include current market conditions, annual rentals, 
lease lengths and location. The significant methods and 
assumptions used by the valuers in estimating the fair 
value of investment property are set out in note 14. 

In accordance with IFRS 13, the Group values its interest 
rate derivatives at fair value. The fair values are estimated 
by the respective counterparties with revaluation 
occurring on a quarterly basis. The counterparties will 
use a number of assumptions in determining the fair 
values, including estimations over future interest rates and 
therefore future cash flows. The fair value represents the 
net present value of the difference between the cash flows 
produced by the contracted rate and the valuation rate. 
The carrying value of the derivatives at the reporting date 
was £24,449,000 asset (31 December 2021: £1,706,000). 
The significant methods and assumptions used in 
estimating the fair value of the interest rate derivatives are 
set out in note 24.

3.1.3. Leases – the Group as lessee
The Group has a number of leases concerning the long-
term lease of land associated with its long leasehold 
investment properties. Under IFRS16, the Group calculates 
the lease liability at each reporting date and at the 
inception of each lease. The liability is calculated using 
present value of future lease payments using the Group’s 
incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate. At 
31 December 2022, there were 10 leases with the range of 
the period left to run being 29 and 95 years (31 December 
2021: 12 leases with periods of 45 to 130 years left to run). 
The Directors have determined that the discount rate to 
use in the calculation for each lease is 4% (31 December 
2021: 4%) being the Group’s weighted average cost of 
debt at the date of transition. Any new leases entered in 
to following the transition date will apply a discount rate 
based on the Group’s weighted average cost of debt at the 
date the lease is entered in to.

3.1.4. Dilapidation income
The Group recognises dilapidation income in the Group’s 
Statement of Comprehensive Income when the right 
to receive the income arises. In determining accrued 
dilapidations, the Group has considered historic recovery 
rates, while also factoring in expected costs associated 
with recovery.

131

3.2.4. Recognition of income
Service charges and other similar receipts are included in 
net rental and property income gross of the related costs 
as the Directors consider the Group acts as principal in 
this respect.

4.  Summary of significant accounting 

policies

The accounting policies adopted in this report are 
consistent with those applied in the financial statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2021 and have been 
consistently applied for the year ended 31 December 
2022. 

4.1. Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements comprise the 
financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries 
as at the date of the Statement of Financial Position.

4.2. Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are all entities (including structured entities) 
over which the Group has control. The Group controls 
an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, 
variable returns from its involvement with the entity and 
has the ability to affect those returns through its power 
over the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from 
the date on which control is transferred to the Group. 
They are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases.

The Group applies the acquisition method to account for 
business combinations. The consideration transferred 
for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair value of the 
assets transferred, the liabilities incurred to the former 
owners of the acquiree and the equity interests issued by 
the Group. Identifiable assets and liabilities acquired, and 
contingent liabilities assumed, in a business combination 
are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition 
date. The Group recognises any non-controlling interest 
in the acquiree on an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, 
either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s 
proportionate share of the recognised amounts of the 
acquiree’s identifiable net assets. Acquisition-related costs 
are expensed as incurred.

Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the 
Group is recognised at fair value at the acquisition 
date. Subsequent changes to the fair value of the 
contingent consideration are recognised in profit or loss. 
Contingent consideration that is classified as equity is not 
re-measured, and its subsequent settlement is accounted 
for within equity.

3.2. Critical judgements in applying the 

Group’s accounting policies

In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, 
management has made the following judgements, 
which have the most significant effect on the amounts 
recognised in the financial statements:

3.2.1. Operating lease contracts – the 

Group as lessor

The Group has acquired investment properties that are 
subject to commercial property leases with tenants. The 
Group has determined, based on an evaluation of the 
terms and conditions of the arrangements, particularly the 
duration of the lease terms and minimum lease payments, 
that it retains all of the significant risks and rewards of 
ownership of these properties and so accounts for the 
leases as operating leases.

3.2.2. Consolidation of entities in which 

the Group holds less than 50% 
Management considered that up until 9 November 2018, 
the Group had de facto control of View Castle Limited and 
its 27 subsidiaries (the “View Castle Sub Group”) by virtue 
of the amended and restated Call Option Agreement dated 
3 November 2015. Following a restructure of the View 
Castle Sub Group, the majority of properties held within 
the View Castle Sub Group now reside in a new special 
purpose vehicle (“SPV”). A new call option was entered into 
dated 9 November 2018 with View Castle Limited and five 
of its subsidiaries (the “View Castle Group”). As per the 
previous amended and restated Call Option Agreement, 
under this new option the Group may acquire any of 
the properties held by the View Castle Group for a fixed 
nominal consideration. Despite having no equity holding, 
the Group is deemed to have control over the View Castle 
Group as the Option Agreement means that the Group 
is exposed to, and has rights to, variable returns from its 
involvement with the View Castle Group, through its power 
to control.

3.2.3. Acquisitions of subsidiary 

companies

For each acquisition, the Directors consider whether 
the acquisition met the definition of the acquisition 
of a business or the acquisition of a group of assets 
and liabilities.

A business is defined in IFRS 3 as an integrated set of 
activities and assets that is capable of being conducted 
and managed for the purpose of providing a return in 
the form of dividends, lower costs or other economic 
benefits directly to investors or other owners, members 
or participants. Furthermore, a business consists of inputs 
and processes applied to those inputs that have the ability 
to create outputs.

The companies acquired have comprised portfolios of 
investment properties and existing leases with multiple 
tenants over varying periods, with little in the way of 
processes acquired. It has therefore concluded in each 
case that the acquisitions did not meet the criteria for the 
acquisition of a business as outlined above. 

132

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR 
THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022 CONTINUED

4.4. Investment property
Investment property comprises freehold or leasehold 
properties that are held to earn rentals or for capital 
appreciation, or both, rather than for sale in the 
ordinary course of business or for use in production or 
administrative functions.

Investment property is recognised, usually, on legal 
completion, when the risks and rewards of ownership 
have been transferred, and is measured initially at cost 
including transaction costs. Transaction costs include 
transfer taxes, professional fees for legal services and 
other costs incurred in order to bring the property to the 
condition necessary for it to be capable of being utilised 
in the manner intended. Subsequent to initial recognition, 
investment property is stated at fair value. Gains or losses 
arising from changes in the fair value are included in 
the Group’s Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive 
Income in the period in which they arise under IAS 40, 
‘Investment Property’.

Additions to investment property include costs of a capital 
nature only. Expenditure is classified as capital when it 
results in identifiable future economic benefits, which 
are expected to accrue to the Group. All other property 
expenditure is charged in the Group’s Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income as incurred.

Investment properties cease to be recognised when they 
have been disposed of or withdrawn permanently from 
use and no future economic benefit is expected. The 
difference between the net disposal proceeds and the 
carrying amount of the asset (being the fair value at the 
start of the financial year) would result in either gains 
or losses at the retirement or disposal of investment 
property. Any gains or losses are recognised in the Group’s 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income in the 
period of retirement or disposal.

For acquisitions of subsidiaries not meeting the definition 
of a business, the Group allocates the cost between 
the individual identifiable assets and liabilities in the 
Group based on their relative fair values at the date of 
acquisition. Such transactions or events do not give rise 
to goodwill.

Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains 
and losses on transactions between Group companies are 
eliminated in full. When necessary, amounts reported by 
subsidiaries have been adjusted to conform to the Group’s 
accounting policies.

The excess of the consideration transferred, and the 
amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree 
over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired, 
is recognised as goodwill.

4.2.1. Disposal of subsidiaries
When the Group ceases to have control over an entity, 
any retained interest in the entity is re-measured to its fair 
value at the date when control is lost, with the change in 
the carrying amount recognised in profit or loss. The fair 
value is the initial carrying amount for the purposes of 
subsequently accounting for the retained interest as an 
associate, joint venture or financial asset. In addition, any 
amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive 
income in respect of that entity are accounted for as if 
the Group had directly disposed of the related assets 
or liabilities. This may mean that amounts previously 
recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified 
to profit or loss.

4.3. Segmental information
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent 
with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating 
decision-maker. The chief operating decision-maker 
is the person or group that allocates resources to and 
assesses the performance of the operating segments of an 
entity. The Group has determined that its chief operating 
decision-maker is the Board of Directors.

After a review of the information provided for 
management purposes, it was determined that the Group 
has one operating segment with all activities solely arising 
in the UK and therefore segmental information is not 
disclosed in these consolidated financial statements. No 
single customer comprises in excess of 10% of the Group's 
revenue in either 2022 or 2021.

133

4.7. Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables are recognised initially at fair 
value and subsequently carried at amortised cost less 
provision for impairment. Where the time value of money 
is material, receivables are carried at amortised cost using 
the effective interest method. Impairment provisions 
are recognised based on the expected credit loss model 
detailed within IFRS 9.

The Group recognises a loss allowance for expected credit 
losses on trade receivables. The loss allowance is based 
on lifetime expected credit losses. Trade receivables are 
grouped based on shared credit risk characteristics and 
the days past due. The amount of expected credit losses 
is updated at each reporting date to reflect changes in 
credit risk since initial recognition. The expected credit 
losses on these financial assets are estimated based on 
the Group’s historical credit loss experience, adjusted for 
factors that are specific to the debtors, general economic 
conditions and an assessment of both the current as well 
as the forecast direction of conditions at the reporting 
date. Impaired balances are reported net, however, 
impairment provisions are recorded within a separate 
provision account with the loss being recognised within 
administration costs within the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income. On confirmation that the trade 
receivable will not be collectable, the gross carrying value 
of the asset is written off against the associated provision.

Lease premiums and other lease incentives provided 
to tenants are recognised as an asset and amortised 
over the period from date of lease commencement to 
termination date.

4.5. Derivative financial instruments
Derivative financial instruments, comprising interest 
rate caps and swaps for hedging purposes, are initially 
recognised at fair value and are subsequently measured 
at fair value, being the estimated amount that the Group 
would receive or pay to sell or transfer the agreement at 
the period end date, taking into account current interest 
rate expectations and the current credit rating of the 
lender and its counterparties. The gain or loss at each fair 
value remeasurement date is recognised in the Group’s 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

The Group uses valuation techniques that are appropriate 
in the circumstances and for which sufficient data is 
available to measure fair value, maximising the use 
of relevant observable inputs and minimising the use 
of unobservable inputs significant to the fair value 
measurement as a whole.

4.6. Financial assets
The Group classifies its financial assets as at fair value 
through profit or loss or at amortised cost, depending on 
the purpose for which the asset was acquired. Currently 
the Group does not have any financial assets which it has 
classified at fair value through profit or loss.

Assets held at amortised cost arise principally from the 
provision of goods and services (e.g. trade and other 
receivables), but also incorporate other financial assets 
where the objective is to hold these assets in order 
to collect contractual cash flows which comprise the 
payment of principal and interest. They are initially 
recognised at fair value plus transaction costs that are 
directly attributable to their acquisition or issue and are 
subsequently carried at amortised cost being the effective 
interest rate method, less provision for impairment.

The Group’s financial assets comprise ‘trade and other 
receivables’, ‘tenant loan’ and ‘cash and cash equivalents’.

The tenant loan relates to a loan made to a tenant 
which is subject to interest. The amount receivable has 
been recognised at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method. Impairment provisions are recognised 
based on the expected credit loss model detailed 
within IFRS 9.

134

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR 
THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022 CONTINUED

4.8. Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand and 
deposits held at banks with original maturities of three 
months or less. Cash also includes amounts held in 
restricted accounts that are unavailable for everyday use.

4.9. Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are initially recognised at their 
fair value being at their invoiced value inclusive of any 
VAT that may be applicable. Payables are subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method.

4.10. Bank and other borrowings
All bank and other borrowings (comprising bank loans 
and retail eligible bonds) are initially recognised at cost 
net of attributable transaction costs. Any attributable 
transaction costs relating to the issue of the bank 
borrowings are amortised through the Group’s Statement 
of Comprehensive Income over the life of the debt 
instrument on a straight-line basis. After initial recognition, 
all bank and other borrowings are measured at amortised 
cost, using the effective interest method.

Bank and other borrowings are derecognised when the 
obligation under the liability is discharged or cancelled 
or expires. When an existing financial liability is replaced 
by another from the same lender on substantially 
different terms, or the terms of an existing liability are 
substantially modified, such an exchange or modification 
is treated as the derecognition of the original liability 
and the recognition of a new liability. The difference in 
the respective carrying amounts is recognised in Group’s 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

4.11. Dividends payable to Shareholders
Equity dividends are recognised and accrued from 
the date declared and when they are no longer at the 
discretion of the Company.

4.12. Rental and property income
Rental income arising from operating leases on investment 
property is accounted for on a straight-line basis over 
the lease terms and is included in gross rental and 
property income in the Group’s Consolidated Statement 
of Comprehensive Income. Initial direct costs incurred in 
negotiating and arranging an operating lease are added to 
the carrying amount of the lease asset and are recognised 
as an expense over the lease term on the same basis as 
the lease income.

For leases which contain fixed or minimum uplifts, the 
rental income arising from such uplifts is recognised on a 
straight-line basis over the lease term.

Tenant lease incentives are recognised as a reduction of 
rental revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of 
the lease. The lease term is the non-cancellable period 
of the lease together with any further term for which the 
tenant has the option to continue the lease where, at the 
inception of the lease, the Directors are reasonably certain 
that the tenant will exercise that option.

Surrender premiums received from tenants to terminate 
leases or surrender premises are recognised in the 
Group’s Statement of Comprehensive Income when the 
right to receive them arises.

Dilapidation income is recognised in the Group’s 
Statement of Comprehensive Income when the right to 
receive it arises.

When the Group is acting as an agent, the commission, 
rather than gross income, is recorded as revenue.

Income arising from expenses recharged to tenants 
is recognised in the year in which the compensation 
becomes receivable. Service charges and other similar 
receipts are included in net rental and property income 
gross of the related costs as the Directors consider the 
Group acts as principal in this respect.

4.13. Property costs
Non-recoverable property costs contain service and 
management charges related to empty properties.

Service and management charges are recognised in the 
accounting period in which the services are rendered.

Recoverable property costs contain service charges and 
other similar costs which are recognised in the accounting 
period in which the services are rendered.

4.14. Interest income
Interest income is recognised as interest accrued on cash 
balances held by the Group. Interest charged to a tenant 
on any overdue rental income is also recognised within 
interest income.

4.15. Dividend income
Dividend income is recognised when the right to receive 
payment is established.

135

4.19. Stated capital
Stated capital represents the consideration received by 
the Company for the issue of Ordinary Shares. Ordinary 
Shares are classed as equity.

4.20. Share-based payments 
The Group has entered into performance fee 
arrangements with the Asset Manager and Investment 
Manager which depend on the growth in the net asset 
value of the Group exceeding a hurdle rate of return over 
a performance period. The fee will be partly settled in cash 
and partly in equity and the equity portion is therefore a 
Share-based payment arrangement. The fair value of the 
obligation is measured at each reporting period, and the 
cost recognised as an expense. The part of the obligation 
to be settled in Shares is credited to equity reserves. If 
circumstances change and the fee is no longer settled by 
the issue of Shares, then the amounts previously credited 
to equity reserves are reversed. In the year ending 
31 December 2022 no cash or equity rewards have been 
made.

4.21. Leased assets
The Group has a number of leases concerning the long-
term lease of land associated with its long leasehold 
investment properties. These leased assets are capitalised 
as “right of use assets” by recognising the present 
value of the lease payments as an asset and a financial 
liability representing the obligation to make future 
lease payments.

Right of use assets are valued at fair value and the change 
in fair value is recognised in the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income.

The associated financial liability is valued at the present 
value of future lease payments using the Group’s 
incremental borrowing rate. The value of the financial 
liability is revalued at each reporting date. Lease payments 
reduce the financial liability and interest on the financial 
liability is recognised in finance costs.

4.16. Finance costs
Interest costs are expensed in the period in which they 
occur. Arrangement fees that a Group entity incurs in 
connection with bank and other borrowings are amortised 
over the term of the loan.

4.17. Taxation
As the Company is managed and controlled in the UK, it is 
considered to be tax resident in the UK.

The tax currently payable is based on the taxable profit/
(loss) for the period. Taxable profit/(loss) differs from net 
profit/(loss) as reported in the Consolidated Statement 
of Comprehensive Income because it excludes items 
of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in 
other years and it further excludes items that are never 
taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for current 
and deferred tax is calculated using tax rates that have 
been enacted or substantively enacted at the date of the 
Statement of Financial Position.

The Group elected to be treated as a UK REIT with effect 
from 7 November 2015. The UK REIT rules exempt the 
profits of the Group’s UK property rental business from UK 
Corporation Tax. Gains on UK properties are also exempt 
from tax, provided that they are not held for trading or 
sold in the three years after completion of development. 
The Group is otherwise subject to UK Corporation Tax.

There are a small number of entities within the Group 
which fall outside the REIT rules and are subject to UK 
taxes on profits and property gains.

4.18. Deferred tax
Deferred tax is provided in full using the liability method 
on temporary differences between the carrying amounts 
of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and 
the corresponding tax bases used in the computation 
of taxable profit/(loss). The amount of deferred tax 
provided is based on the expected manner of realisation 
or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and 
liabilities, using tax rates that are expected to apply in the 
period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised 
based on tax rates (and tax laws) enacted or substantively 
enacted at the date of the Statement of Financial Position. 
A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it 
is probable that future profits will be available for offset.

The deferred tax liability in relation to investment 
properties that are measured at fair value is determined 
assuming that the property will be recovered entirely 
through sale.

Deferred tax has been recognised on the unrealised 
property valuation gains/(losses) of properties owned by 
Group entities which fall outside of the REIT tax rules.

The current rate of UK Corporation Tax is 19%. 

136

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR 
THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022 CONTINUED

5.  Rental and property income

Year ended
31 December 
2022
£’000

Year ended 
31 December 
2021 
£’000 

61,458

14,861

16,999

93,318

57,128

8,626

14,145

79,899

Year ended
31 December 
2022
£’000

Year ended 
31 December 
2021 
£’000 

13,673

16,999

30,672

9,930

14,145

24,075

Year ended
31 December 
2022
£’000

Year ended 
31 December 
2021 
£’000 

2,687

3,044

2,691

302

697

2,083

111

195

(405)

16

2,326

2,495

2,326

254

647

1,680

72

129

626

28

11,421

10,583

Rental income – freehold property

Rental income – long leasehold property

Recoverable service charge income and other similar items

Total

6.  Property costs

Other property expenses and irrecoverable costs

Recoverable service charge expenditure and other similar costs

Total

7.  Administrative and other expenses

Investment management fees

Property management fees

Asset management fees

Directors’ remuneration (see note 8)

Administration fees

Legal and professional fees

Marketing and promotion

Other administrative costs

Bad debt (credit)/cost

Bank charges

Total

137

Services provided by the Company’s Auditor and its associates
The Group has obtained the following services from the Company’s Auditor and its associates:

Fees payable to the Company’s Auditor for the audit of the Company’s annual 
accounts

Fees payable to the Group’s Auditor and its associates for the audit of the 
Company’s subsidiaries

Total fees payable for audit services

Fees payable to the Group’s Auditor and its associates for other services:

Audit–related services

Total fees payable to the Group’s Auditor and its associates

Year ended
31 December 
2022
£’000

Year ended 
31 December 
2021 
£’000 

99

125

224

29

253

88

117

205

27

232

8.  Directors’ remuneration

Key management comprises the Directors of the Company. A summary of the Directors’ emoluments is set out in the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 116.

Directors’ fees

Employer’s National Insurance contributions

Total

9.  Finance income

Interest income

Total

Year ended
31 December 
2022
£’000

Year ended 
31 December 
2021 
£’000 

273

29

302

231

23

254

Year ended
31 December 
2022
£’000

Year ended 
31 December 
2021 
£’000 

126

126

14

14

138

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR 
THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022 CONTINUED

10. Finance expense

Interest payable on bank borrowings

Amortisation of loan arrangement fees

Bond interest

Bond issue costs amortised

Bond expenses

Lease interest

Total

11. Taxation

Corporation tax charge/(credit)

(Decrease)/increase in deferred tax liability

Total

Year ended
31 December 
2022
£’000

Year ended 
31 December 
2021 
£’000 

12,940

1,421

2,250

156

8

510

10,795

1,067

2,250

155

8

597

17,285

14,872

Year ended
31 December 
2022
£’000

Year ended 
31 December 
2021 
£’000 

–

(6)

(6)

–

15

15

The current tax (credit)/charge is reduced by the UK REIT tax exemptions. The tax charge for the year can be reconciled 
to the (loss)/profit in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income as follows:

Year ended
31 December 
2022
£’000

Year ended 
31 December 
2021 
£’000 

(65,169)

19%

(12,382)

21,514

(201)

(8,931)

(6)

(6)

28,772

19%

5,467

1,576

(207)

(6,836)

15

15

(Loss)/profit before taxation

UK Corporation Tax rate

Theoretical tax at UK Corporation Tax rate

Effects of:

Revaluation of investment property

Permanent differences

Profits from the tax–exempt business

Deferred tax movement

Total

139

Permanent differences are the differences between an 
entity’s taxable profits and its results as stated in the 
financial statements. These arise because certain types of 
income and expenditure are non–taxable or disallowable, 
or because certain tax charges or allowances have no 
corresponding amount in the financial statements.

The Group elected to be treated as a UK REIT with effect 
from 7 November 2015. The UK REIT rules exempt the 
profits of the Group’s UK property rental business from 
corporation tax. Gains on UK properties are also exempt 
from tax, provided they are not held for trading or sold 
in the three years after completion of development. The 
Group is otherwise subject to UK corporation tax.

As a REIT, Regional REIT Ltd is required to pay PIDs equal 
to at least 90% of the Group’s exempted net income. To 
retain UK REIT status, there are a number of conditions to 
be met in respect of the principal company of the Group, 
the Group’s qualifying activity and its balance of business. 
The Group continues to meet these conditions.

UK corporation tax arises on entities which form part of 
the Group consolidated accounts but do not form part of 
the REIT group.

Due to the Group’s REIT status and its intention to 
continue meeting the conditions required to obtain 
approval in the foreseeable future, no provision has 
been made for deferred tax on any capital gains or losses 
arising on the revaluation or disposal of investments held 
by entities within the REIT group.

No deferred tax asset has been recognised in respect of 
losses carried forward due to the unpredictability of future 
taxable profits.

12. Earnings per Share
Earnings per Share amounts are calculated by dividing (losses)/profits for the year attributable to ordinary equity 
holders of the Company by the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares in issue during the year.

The calculation of basic and diluted earnings per Share is based on the following:

Year ended
31 December 
2022
£’000

Year ended 
31 December 
2021 
£’000 

Calculation of earnings per Share 

Net (loss)/profit attributable to Ordinary Shareholders

(65,163)

28,757

Adjustments to remove:

Changes in value of investment properties

Changes in fair value of right of use assets

Loss/(gain) on disposal of investment property

Gain on the disposal of right of use assets

Changes in fair value of interest rate derivatives and financial assets

Deferred tax charge/(credit)

EPRA net profit attributable to Ordinary Shareholders

Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares

(Loss)/earnings per Share – basic and diluted

EPRA earnings per Share – basic and diluted

113,233

185

8,636

(76)

(22,743)

(6)

34,066

8,296

206

(679)

(167)

(6,045)

15

30,383

515,736,583

459,660,172

(12.6)p

6.6p

6.3p

6.6p

140

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR 
THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022 CONTINUED

13. Dividends 

Dividend of 1.70 (2021: 1.50) pence per Ordinary Share 
for the period 1 October – 31 December

Dividend of 1.65 (2021: 1.60) pence per Ordinary Share 
for the period 1 January – 31 March

Dividend of 1.65 (2021: 1.60) pence per Ordinary Share 
for the period 1 April – 30 June

Dividend of 1.65 (2021: 1.60) pence per Ordinary Share 
for the period 1 July – 30 September

Year ended
31 December 
2022
£’000

Year ended 
31 December 
2021 
£’000 

8,768

8,510

8,509

8,509

34,296

6,473

6,904

8,252

8,252

29,881

On 24 February 2022, the Company announced a dividend of 1.70 pence per Share in respect of the period 1 October 
2021 to 31 December 2021. The dividend payment was made on 8 April 2022 to Shareholders on the register as at 
4 March 2022.

On 25 May 2022, the Company announced a dividend of 1.65 pence per Share in respect of the period 1 January 2022 to 
31 March 2022. The dividend payment was made on 15 July 2022 to Shareholders on the register as at 6 June 2022.

On 24 August 2022, the Company announced a dividend of 1.65 pence per Share in respect of the period 1 April 2022 to 
30 June 2022. The dividend payment was made on 14 October 2022 to Shareholders on the register as at 2 September 
2022.

On 10 November 2022, the Company announced a dividend of 1.65 pence per Share in respect of the period 1 July 
2022 to 30 September 2022. The dividend payment was made on 12 January 2023 to Shareholders on the register as at 
18 November 2022.

On 23 February 2023, the Company announced a dividend of 1.65 pence per Share in respect of the period 1 October 
2022 to 31 December 2022. The dividend will be paid on 6 April 2023 to Shareholders on the register as at 3 March 2023. 
The financial statements do not reflect this dividend. 

The Board intends to pursue a progressive dividend policy and continue to pay quarterly dividends. The level of future 
payment of dividends will be determined by the Board having regard to, amongst other things, the financial position and 
performance of the Group at the relevant time, UK REIT requirements, and the interest of Shareholders.

141

14. Investment properties

In accordance with International Accounting Standard, 
IAS 40, ‘Investment Property’, investment property has 
been independently valued at fair value by Cushman & 
Wakefield Chartered Surveyors, an accredited independent 
valuer with recognised and relevant professional 
qualifications and with recent experience in the locations 
and categories of the investment properties being valued. 
The valuations have been prepared in accordance with the 
Red Book and incorporate the recommendations of the 
International Valuation Standards Committee which are 
consistent with the principles set out in IFRS 13.

Group Movement in investment properties for the year 
ended 31 December 2022

Valuation at 1 January 2022

Property additions – acquisitions

Property additions – subsequent expenditure

Property disposals

Loss on disposal of investment properties

Change in fair value during the year

Valuation at 31 December 2022

Movement in investment properties for the year ended  
31 December 2021

Valuation at 1 January 2021

Property additions– acquisitions

Property additions – subsequent expenditure

Property disposals

Gain/(loss) on the disposal of investment properties

Change in fair value during the year

Valuation at 31 December 2021

The valuations are the ultimate responsibility of the 
Directors. Accordingly, the critical assumptions used in 
establishing the independent valuation are reviewed by 
the Board.

All corporate acquisitions during the year have been 
treated as properties purchased rather than business 
combinations (see note 3.2.3). 

Freehold 
Property
£’000

751,440

70,322

5,994

(80,436)

(8,032)

(95,658)

643,630

659,432

155,806

3,329

(60,304)

(1,256)

(5,567)

751,440

Long 
Leasehold 
Property
£’000

154,709

8,948

4,023

(3,651)

(604)

(17,575)

145,850

72,948

95,625

3,487

(16,557)

1,935

(2,729)

154,709

Total
£’000

906,149

79,270

10,017

(84,087)

(8,636)

(113,233)

789,480

732,380

251,431

6,816

(76,861)

679

(8,296)

906,149

The net book value of properties disposed of during the year amounted to £92,723,000 (2021: £76,181,000).

The historic cost of the properties is £919,543,000 (31 December 2021: £942,694,000).

Bank borrowings are secured by charges over investment properties held by certain asset–holding subsidiaries. The 
banks also hold charges over the Shares of certain subsidiaries and any intermediary holding companies of those 
subsidiaries. The value of investment properties secured at 31 December 2022 was £789,480,000 (31 December 2021: 
£906,149,000.

142

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR 
THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022 CONTINUED

The following table provides the fair value measurement hierarchy for investment property:

Date of valuation:

31 December 2022

31 December 2021

The hierarchy levels are defined in note 29.

Quoted active 
prices 
(level 1)
£’000

Significant 
observable 
inputs
(level 2)
£’000

Significant 
unobservable 
inputs
(level 3)
£’000

–

–

–

–

789,480

906,149

Total 
£’000

789,480

906,149

It has been determined that the entire investment properties portfolio should be classified under the level 3 category. 
The table below shows the movement in the year on the level 3 category:

31 December
2022
£’000

31 December
2021
£’000

906,149

89,287

(84,087)

(8,636)

(113,233)

789,480

732,380

258,247

(76,861)

679

(8,296)

906,149

Observable input: rental growth

The decrease in rent is based on contractual agreements: 
5.08% (2021: increase 12.29%). There is a gross 
contracted rent reduction, as per normal operations 
it is a combination of property disposals, space under 
refurbishments and lease expiries.

Observable input: net initial yield

The initial net income from a property at the date of 
purchase, expressed as a percentage of the gross 
purchase price including the costs of purchase range: 
0.00% – 22.58% (2021: 0.00% – 60.37%).

There were no significant inter–relationships between 
unobservable inputs that materially affect fair value.

Unobservable inputs:

The significant unobservable inputs (level 3) are sensitive to 
changes in the estimated future cash flows from investment 
properties such as increases and decreases in contracted 
rents, operating expenses and capital expenses, plus 
transactional activity in the real estate market.

Geographical and sector specific market evidence 
reviewed in the course of preparing the December 2022 
valuation had an initial yield range of 5.20% to 17.55% 
(2021: 5.06% to 12.13%).

As set out within the significant accounting estimates 
and judgements, the Group’s property portfolio valuation 
is open to judgement and is inherently subjective by 
nature, and actual values can only be determined in a 
sales transaction. 

Balance at the start of the year

Additions

Disposals 

(Loss)/gain on the disposal of investment properties

Change in fair value during the year

Balance at the end of the year

The determination of the fair value of the investment 
properties held by each consolidated subsidiary requires 
the use of estimates such as future cash flows from 
investment properties, which take into consideration 
lettings, tenants’ profiles, future revenue streams, any 
environmental matters and the overall repair and condition 
of the property, and discount rates applicable to those 
assets. Future revenue streams comprise contracted rent 
(passing rent) and estimated rental value after the contract 
period. In calculating ERV, the potential impact of future 
lease incentives to be granted to secure new contracts is 
taken into consideration. All these estimates are based on 
local market conditions existing at the reporting date.

As at 31 December 2022, the estimated fair value of each 
property has been primarily derived using comparable 
recent market transactions on arm’s length terms and 
assessed in accordance with the relevant parts of the RICS 
Valuation – Global Standards and the RICS Valuation UK 
National Supplement.

Techniques used for valuing investment 
properties
The following descriptions and definitions relate to 
valuation techniques and key observable inputs made in 
determining the fair values:

Valuation technique: market comparable method

Under the market comparable method (or market 
approach), a property fair value is estimated based on 
comparable transactions in the market.

Observable input: market rental

The rent at which space could be let in the market 
conditions prevailing at the date of valuation range: 
£12,500 – £3,317,000 per annum (2021: £9,000 – 
£3,125,246 per annum).

143

The impact of changes to the significant unobservable inputs:

2022
Impact on 
statement of 
comprehensive 
income 
£'000

2022
Impact on 
statement of 
financial 
position
£'000

2021
Impact on 
statement of 
comprehensive 
income 
£'000

2021
Impact on 
statement of 
financial 
position
£'000

35,307

(34,740)

13,427

(13,035)

35,307

(34,740)

13,427

(13,035)

39,166

(38,625)

16,066

(15,558)

39,166

(38,625)

16,066

(15,558)

Improvement in ERV by 5%

Worsening in ERV by 5%

Improvement in yield by 0.125%

Worsening in yield by 0.125%

15. Investment in subsidiaries

List of subsidiaries which are 100% owned and controlled by the Group:

Blythswood House LLP (in liquidation)

Beaufort Office Park Management Company Limited

Glasgow Airport Business Park Management Company Limited

Regional Commercial MIDCO Ltd

RR Aspect Court Ltd

RR Bristol Ltd

RR Falcon Ltd

RR Hounds Gate Ltd

RR Rainbow (Aylesbury) Ltd

RR Rainbow (North) Ltd

RR Rainbow (South) Ltd

RR Range Ltd

RR Sea Dundee Ltd

RR Sea Hanover Street Ltd

RR Sea Lamont I Ltd

RR Sea Lamont II Ltd

RR Sea Lamont III Ltd

RR Sea St. Helens Ltd

RR Sea Stafford Ltd

RR Sea Strand Ltd

RR Sea TAPP Ltd

RR Sea TOPP Bletchley Ltd

RR Sea TOPP I Ltd

RR Star Ltd

RR UK (Central) Ltd

RR UK (Cheshunt) Ltd

RR UK (South) Ltd

RR UK (Port Solent) Ltd

RR Wing Portfolio Ltd

Smallbrook Queensway Limited

Quay West Estate Company Limited

Country of 
incorporation

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

Guernsey

Guernsey

Guernsey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

United Kingdom

Ownership 
%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

144

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR 
THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022 CONTINUED

Country of 
incorporation

Ownership 
%

Tay Properties Ltd

TCP Arbos Ltd

TCP Channel Ltd

Tosca Chandlers Ford Ltd

Tosca Glasgow II Ltd

Tosca Midlands Ltd

Tosca North West Ltd

Tosca Scotland Ltd

Tosca Swansea Ltd

Tosca UK CP II Ltd

Tosca UK CP Ltd

Toscafund Bennett House Ltd

Toscafund Bishopgate Street Ltd

Toscafund Blythswood Ltd

Toscafund Brand Street Ltd

Toscafund Chancellor Court Ltd

Toscafund Crompton Way Ltd

Toscafund Glasgow Ltd

Toscafund Harvest Ltd

Toscafund Milburn House Ltd

Toscafund Minton Place Ltd

Toscafund Newstead Court Ltd

Toscafund Portland Street Ltd

Toscafund St Georges House Ltd

Toscafund St James Court Ltd

Toscafund Strathclyde BP Ltd

Toscafund Wallington Ltd

Toscafund Westminster House Ltd

Toscafund Sheldon Court Ltd

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

United Kingdom

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

All of the above entities have been included in the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

By virtue of an Amended and Restated Call Option Agreement dated 3 November 2015, the Directors consider that the 
Group has control of View Castle Limited and its subsidiaries (the “View Castle Group”).

Under this option, the Group has the ability to acquire any of the properties held by the View Castle Group by issuing 
an option notice for a nominal consideration of £1. The recipient of the option notice will be obliged to convey its title 
within one month after receipt of the option notice. 

Despite having no equity holding, the Group controls the View Castle Group as the option agreement has the effect that 
the Group is exposed to, and has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the View Castle Group through its 
power to control.

145

The companies which make up the View Castle Group are as follows:

List of subsidiaries that are controlled by the Group:

Castlestream Ltd (in liquidation)

Caststop Ltd (in liquidation)

Credential (Baillieston) Ltd (in liquidation)

Credential (Greenock) Ltd (in liquidation)

Credential (Wardpark North) Ltd

Credential Estates Ltd

Old Rutherglen Road Ltd (in liquidation)

Rocket Unit Trust

Squeeze Newco 2 Ltd

The Legal Services Centre Ltd (in liquidation)

View Castle Ltd

View Castle (Milton Keynes) Ltd

View Castle (Properties) Ltd

Country of 
incorporation

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

Jersey

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

Ownership 
%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

All of the above entities have been included in the Group’s consolidated financial statements up to 31 December 2022.

Business Combinations

There have been no new business combinations entered into in the financial year.

146

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR 
THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022 CONTINUED

16. Non–current receivables on tenant loans

At start of year

Amounts repaid in the year

At end of year

Asset due within 1 year (note 17)

Asset due after 1 year

31 December 
2022
£’000

31 December 
2021 
£’000 

1,011

(241)

770

192

578

770

1,203

(192)

1,011

192

819

1,011

During 2016, the Group entered into a loan agreement with a tenant for £1,926,000. The loan is subject to interest of 
4% above the base rate of the Bank of Scotland on late payments and is repayable in instalments over ten years. No 
impairment has been recognised against the non current receivable as at 31 December 2022 or 31 December 2021.

17. Trade and other receivables

Gross amount receivable from tenants

Less provision for impairment

Net amount receivable from tenants

Current receivables – tenant loans (note 16)

Income tax

Other receivables

Prepayments

31 December 
2022
£’000

31 December 
2021 
£’000 

10,092

(902)

9,190

192

52

955

19,885

30,274

10,835

(1,615)

9,220

192

52

736

19,204

29,404

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value of the receivable amounts (excluding 
prepayments) disclosed above. The Group does not hold any collateral as security.

147

The aged analysis of trade receivables was as follows:

< 30 days

30–60 days

> 60 days

Net amount receivable from tenants

Less provision for impairment

31 December 
2022
£’000

31 December 
2021 
£’000 

7,386

205

2,501

10,092

(902)

9,190

4,605

1,160

5,070

10,835

(1,615)

9,220

The Directors consider the fair value of receivables equals their carrying amount.

The table above shows the aged analysis of trade receivables which are past due but not impaired. These relate to 
tenants for whom there is no recent history of default. 

Provision for impairment of trade receivables movement as follows:

At start of year

Provision for impairment in the year

Receivables written off as uncollectable

Unused provision reversed

At end of year

31 December 
2022
£’000

31 December 
2021 
£’000 

1,615

949

(458)

(1,204)

902

1,458

1,971

(633)

(1,181)

1,615

Other categories within trade and other receivables do not include impaired assets. Receivables are written off as 
uncollectable where there is no reasonable expectation of recovery.

148

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR 
THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022 CONTINUED

18. Cash and cash equivalents

Group

Cash held at bank

Restricted cash held at bank

At end of year

31 December 
2022
£’000

31 December 
2021 
£’000 

37,769

12,379

50,148

49,919

6,209

56,128

Restricted cash balances of the Group comprise: 

•  £8,886,000 (2021: £4,149,000) of funds held in blocked bank accounts which are controlled by the Group’s lenders 

and are released to free cash once certain loan conditions are met. The restricted funds arose on net proceeds from 
investment property disposals and were released after the year end.

•  £3,493,000 (2021: £2,060,000) of funds which represent tenants’ rental deposits.

All restricted cash balances will be available before 31 March 2023.

In addition, £9,940,000 (2021: £10,040,000) of cash funds represent service charge income received from tenants for 
settlement of future service charge expenditure. These amounts are not analysed as restricted balances.

19. Trade and other payables

Withholding tax due on dividends paid

Dividends announced but not paid

Trade payables

Other payables

Value added tax

Accruals

At end of year

31 December 
2022
£’000

31 December 
2021 
£’000 

929

8,509

3,455

14,703

1,562

10,073

39,231

861

8,252

3,559

13,245

1,714

13,335

40,966

Other payables principally include rent deposits held and service charge costs.

The Directors consider the fair value of trade and other payables to equal their carrying amounts.

149

20. Deferred income

Deferred rental income of £16,661,000 (31 December 2021: £16,751,000) represents rent received in advance 
from tenants. Deferred income will be recognised over the next 12 month period.

21. Deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax

The movement on deferred tax liability is shown below:

At start of year

Deferred tax on the valuation of investment properties

At end of year

31 December 
2022
£’000

31 December 
2021 
£’000 

699

699

705

(6)

699

705

705

690

15

705

The deferred tax liability relates to the potential tax liability that may crystalise when investment properties are sold. It is 
calculated on the revaluation gains of investment properties held by the Group which fall outside of the REIT regime.

22. Bank and loan borrowings

Bank borrowings are secured by charges over investment properties held by certain asset–holding subsidiaries. The 
banks also hold charges over the Shares of certain subsidiaries and any intermediary holding companies of those 
subsidiaries. Any associated fees in arranging the bank borrowings unamortised as at the year end are offset against 
amounts drawn on the facilities as shown in the table below:

Bank borrowings drawn at start of year

Bank borrowings drawn

Bank borrowings repaid

Bank borrowings drawn at end of year

Less: unamortised costs at start of year

Less: loan issue costs incurred in the year

Add: loan issue costs amortised in the year

At end of year

Maturity of bank borrowings

Repayable within 1 year

Repayable between 1 to 2 years

Repayable between 2 to 5 years

Repayable after more than 5 years

Unamortised loan issue costs

31 December 
2022
£’000

31 December 
2021 
£’000 

389,937

14,322

(13,467)

390,792

(6,463)

(485)

1,421

316,171

77,305

(3,539)

389,937

(5,479)

(2,051)

1,067

385,265

383,474

–

–

290,677

100,115

(5,527)

385,265

–

–

127,220

262,717

(6,463)

383,474

As detailed in note 23, the Group has £50,000,000 (31 December 2021: £50,000,000) retail eligible bonds in issue.

150

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR 
THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022 CONTINUED

The table below lists the Group’s borrowings.

Lender

Royal Bank of 
Scotland, Bank 
of Scotland 
and Barclays

Scottish 
Widows Ltd & 
Aviva Investors 
Real Estate 
Finance

Scottish 
Widows Ltd

Santander UK

Total bank 
borrowings

Retail eligible 
bond

Total

Original 
facility
£’000

Outstanding 
debt*
£’000

Maturity 
date

Gross 
loan to
value**

Annual 
interest 
rate

Amortisation

128,000

125,676

Aug–26

50.8%

2.40% over 
3 months  
£ SONIA

Mandatory 
prepayment

165,000

165,000

Dec–27

52.0%

3.28% Fixed

36,000

36,000

Dec–28

42.2%

3.37% Fixed

None

None

65,870

64,116

Jun–29

44.9%

2.20% over 
3 months  
£ SONIA

Mandatory 
prepayment

394,870

390,792

50,000

444,870

50,000

440,792

Aug–24

NA

4.50% Fixed

None

SONIA = Sterling Over Night Indexed Average
* Before unamortised debt issue costs
** Based upon Cushman & Wakefield property valuations

The percentage of borrowings at variable rates of interest was 43.1% (31 December 2021: 42.9%).

The weighted average term to maturity of the Group’s debt at the year end was 4.5 years (31 December 2021: 5.5 years).

The weighted average interest rate payable by the Group on its total bank borrowings, excluding hedging costs, as at the 
year end was 4.1% (31 December 2021: 3.0%).

The Group weighted average interest rate, including the retail eligible bonds and hedging costs at the year end, 
amounted to 3.5% per annum (31 December 2021: 3.3% per annum).

The Group has been in compliance with all of the financial covenants relating to the above facilities as applicable 
throughout the year covered by these consolidated financial statements. Each facility has distinct covenants which 
generally include: historic interest cover, projected interest cover, LTV cover and debt service cover. A breach of agreed 
covenant levels would typically result in an event of default of the respective facility, giving the lender the right, but not 
the obligation, to declare the loan immediately due and payable. Where a loan is repaid in these circumstances, early 
repayment fees will apply, which are generally based on a percentage of the loan repaid or calculated with reference to 
the interest income foregone by the lenders as a result of the repayment.

As shown in note 24, the Group uses a combination of interest rate swaps and fixed rate bearing loans to hedge against 
cash flow interest rate risks. The Group’s exposure to interest rate volatility is minimal.

151

23. Retail Eligible Bonds

The Company has in issue £50,000,000 (31 December 2021: £50,000,000) 4.5% Retail Eligible Bonds with a maturity date 
of 6 August 2024. These unsecured bonds are listed on the London Stock Exchange ORB platform.

Bond principal at start of year

Unamortised issue costs at start of year

Amortisation of issue costs

At end of year

31 December 
2022
£’000

31 December 
2021 
£’000 

50,000

(404)

156

49,752

50,000

(559)

155

49,596

24. Derivative financial instruments 

Interest rate caps and swaps are in place to mitigate the interest rate risk that arises as a result of entering into variable 
rate borrowings.

Group

Fair value at start of year

Revaluation in the year

Fair value at end of year

31 December 
2022
£’000

31 December 
2021 
£’000 

1,706

22,743

24,449

(4,339)

6,045

1,706

The calculation of fair value of interest rate caps and swaps is based on the following calculation: the notional amount 
multiplied by the difference between the swap rate and the current market rate and then multiplied by the number of 
years remaining on the contract and discounted. Further details can be found in note 29.1.

152

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022Rate

0.97%

0.97%

n/a

n/a

1.39%

1.39%

Lender

Royal Bank of 
Scotland, Bank 
of Scotland 
and Barclays

Scottish 
Widows Ltd. & 
Aviva Investors 
Real Estate 
Finance

Scottish 
Widows Ltd

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR 
THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022 CONTINUED

The table below details the hedging and swap notional amounts and rates against the details of the Group’s loan 
facilities.

Original 
facility
£’000

Outstanding 
debt*
£’000

Maturity 
date

Annual 
interest 
rate

Notional 
amount
£’000

128,000

125,676

Aug–26

2.40% over 

3 months £ 
SONIA

73,000 

55,000

165,000

165,000

Dec–27

3.28% Fixed

36,000

36,000

Dec–28

3.37% Fixed

Santander UK

Total

65,870

394,870

64,116

390,792

Jun–29

SONIA = Sterling Over Night Indexed Average

2.20% over 

3 months £ 
SONIA

n/a

n/a

49,403

16,468 

As at 31 December 2022, the swap notional arrangements were £122.4 million (31 December 2021: £105.9 million) and 
the cap notional arrangements amounted to £71.5 million (31 December 2021: £87.9 million).

The Group weighted average effective interest rate was 3.5% (31 December 2021: 3.3%) inclusive of hedging costs and 
the Retail Eligible Bond.

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the fair value of the derivative liabilities. 

It is the Group’s target to hedge at least 90% of the total debt portfolio using interest rate derivatives and fixed–rate 
facilities. As at the year end, the total proportion of hedged debt equated to 100.9% (31 December 2021: 101.3%), 
as shown below. The over–hedged position has arisen as a result of the full RBS and Santander facilities (including 
headroom) being hedged but the excess relates to Interest Rate Caps which have no ongoing cost for the Group.

Total bank borrowings

Notional value of interest rate caps and swaps

Value of fixed rate debts

Proportion of hedged debt

Table may not sum due to rounding

The Group has not adopted hedge accounting in either year.

31 December 
2022
£’000

31 December 
2021 
£’000 

390,792

193,871

201,000

394,871

100.9%

389,937

193,870

201,000

394,870

101.3%

153

 
 
 
 
25. Leases

Right of use asset

At start of year

Right of use asset acquired

Derecognition of right of use asset

Fair value movement

At end of year

Lease liability

At start of year

Finance lease liability acquired

Derecognition of finance lease liability

Lease payments

Interest charges

At end of year

31 December 
2022
£’000

31 December
2021
£’000 

16,482

–

(5,171)

(185)

11,126

16,156

6,438

(5,906)

(206)

16,482

31 December 
2022
£’000

31 December
2021
£’000 

16,795

–

(5,247)

(553)

510

11,505

16,473

6,438

(6,073)

(640)

597

16,795

The derecognition of right of use assets and liabilities during the year gave rise to a realised gain of £76,000 (2021: £167,000).

The Group’s lease commitments which are now represented by the right of use asset and lease liability are spread 
across 10 separate leases with the two largest leases at Northern Cross Basingstoke and Quantum Court Edinburgh 
making up 53% of the balance. Total commitments on leases in respect of land and buildings are as follows:

Group

Payable within 1 year

Payable between 1 and 2 years

Payable between 2 and 5 years

Payable after 5 years

31 December 
2022
£’000

31 December
2021
£’000 

435

435

1,305

29,109

31,284

648

648

1,943

47,668

50,907

154

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR 
THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022 CONTINUED

26. Stated capital 
Stated capital represents the consideration received by the Company for the issue of Ordinary Shares. 

Group

Issued and fully paid Shares of no par value

At start of the year

Shares issued

Share issue costs

At end of the year

Number of Shares in issue

At start of the year

Shares issued

At end of the year

31 December 
2022
£’000

31 December 
2021 
£’000 

513,762

–

–

513,762

430,819

83,051

(108)

513,762

515,736,583

431,506,583

–

84,230,000

515,736,583

515,736,583

During the prior year, 84,230,000 Shares were issued as part of the consideration package for the purchase of a group of 
investment properties. The value of Shares issued was £83,051,000 (98.6p per Share).

27. Net asset value per Share (NAV)
Basic NAV per Share is calculated by dividing the net assets in the Statement of Financial Position attributable to 
ordinary equity holders of the parent by the number of Ordinary Shares outstanding at the end of the year. 

In October 2019, EPRA issued new best practice recommendations that replaced EPRA net asset value (NAV) with three 
new measures of net asset value. Further detail of the EPRA performance measures can be found on pages 165 to 168.

Net asset values have been calculated as follows:

Year ended
31 December 
2022
£’000

Year ended 
31 December 
2021 
£’000 

Group

Net asset value per Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

402,942

502,401

Adjustment for calculating EPRA net tangible assets:

Derivative financial instruments

Deferred tax liability

EPRA Net Tangible Assets

Number of Ordinary Shares in issue

Net asset value per Share – basic and diluted

EPRA Net Tangible Assets per Share – basic and diluted

(24,449)

699

379,192

(1,706)

705

501,400

515,736,583

515,736,583

78.1p

73.5p

97.4p

97.2p

155

28. Notes to the Statement of Cash Flows

28.1. Non–Cash Transactions
During the prior year, a non–cash transaction took place whereby 84,230,000 Shares were issued as part of the 
consideration package for the purchase of a group of investment properties. The value of Shares issued was £83,051,000.

During the year, two right of use assets and liabilities were derecognised following the sale of long–leasehold 
investment properties.

During the prior year, three right of use assets and liabilities were recognised at the value of £6,438,000 being the present 
value of the lease payments associated with the Group’s long leasehold investment properties. Also, during the prior year, 
three right of use assets and liabilities were derecognised following the sale of long–leasehold investment properties.

28.2. Reconciliation of changes in liabilities to cash flows arising from financing activities

Balance at 1 January 2022

Changes from financing cash flows:

Bank and bond borrowings advanced

Bank borrowings repaid

Bank and bond borrowing costs paid

Lease payments

Total changes from financing cash flows

Amortisation of issue costs

Unwinding of discount 

Derecognition of finance lease liability

Total other changes

Balance at 31 December 2022

Balance at 1 January 2021

Changes from financing cash flows:

Bank and bond borrowings advanced

Bank borrowings repaid

Bank and bond borrowing costs paid

Lease payments

Total changes from financing cash flows

Amortisation of issue costs

Unwinding of discount 

Finance lease liability acquired

Derecognition of finance lease liability

Total other changes

Balance at 31 December 2021

Bank 
loans and 
borrowings
£’000

383,474

Retail 
Eligible 
Bonds
£’000

49,596

Lease 
liabilities 
£’000

Total
£’000

16,795

449,865

14,322

(13,467)

(485)

–

370

1,421

–

–

1,421

385,265

–

–

–

–

–

156

–

–

156

49,752

–

–

–

(553)

(553)

–

510

(5,247)

(4,737)

11,505

14,322

(13,467)

(485)

(553)

(183)

1,577

510

(5,247)

(3,160)

446,522

Bank 
loans and 
borrowings
£’000

Retail Eligible 
Bonds
£’000

Lease 
liabilities 
£’000

Total
£’000

310,692

49,441

16,473

376,606

77,305

(3,539)

(2,051)

–

71,715

1,067

–

–

–

1,067

383,474

–

–

–

–

–

155

–

–

–

155

49,596

–

–

–

(640)

(640)

–

597

6,438

(6,073)

962

77,305

(3,539)

(2,051)

(640)

71,075

1,222

597

6,438

(6,073)

2,184

16,795

449,865

156

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR 
THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022 CONTINUED

29. Financial risk management

29.1. Financial instruments

The Group’s principal financial assets and liabilities are those that arise directly from its operations: trade and other 
receivables, trade and other payables and cash and cash equivalents. The Group’s other principal financial assets and 
liabilities are bank and other loan borrowings, amounts due to interest rate derivatives and lease liabilities, the main 
purpose of which is to finance the acquisition and development of the Group’s investment property portfolio.

Set out below is a comparison by class of the carrying amounts of the Group’s financial instruments that are carried in 
the financial statements and their fair value:

Group

Financial assets – measured at amortised cost

Trade and other receivables

Cash and short–term deposits

Financial assets – measured at fair value through  
profit or loss

31 December 2022

31 December 2021 

Carrying 
value
£’000

Fair 
value
£’000

Carrying 
value
£’000

Fair 
value
£’000

10,915

50,148

10,915

50,148

10,967

56,128

10,967

56,128

Interest rate derivatives

24,449

24,449

1,706

1,706

Financial liabilities – measured at amortised cost

Trade and other payables

Bank and loan borrowings

Retail eligible bonds

Lease liability

(36,741)

(36,741)

(38,391)

(38,391)

(385,265)

(366,398)

(383,474)

(387,373)

(49,752)

(49,335)

(11,505)

(11,505)

(49,596)

(16,795)

(51,190)

(16,795)

The following financial liabilities are recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position at amortised cost but 
their fair value is different as disclosed above. Their fair values are determined as follows:

•  The fair value of bank and loan borrowings is determined by reference to mark–to–market valuations provided by the 

lenders.

•  The fair value of Retail Eligible Bonds is determined by their published market value.

•  The fair value of the lease liability has been determined as the present value of future cash flows discounted using 

the Group’s incremental borrowing rate. 

The following financial assets and liabilities are recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position at fair value 
which is determined as follows:

•  The fair value of interest rate derivatives is recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position and is 

determined by forming an expectation that interest rates will exceed strike rates and discounting these future cash 
flows at the prevailing market rates as at the year end.

Fair value hierarchy 

The following table provides the fair value measurement hierarchy for financial assets and liabilities measured at fair 
value through profit or loss.

157

Balance at 31 December 2022

Interest rate derivatives

31 December 2021

Interest rate derivatives

The different levels are defined as follows.

Quoted active 
prices 
(level 1)
£’000

Total 
£’000

Significant 
observable 
inputs
(level 2)
£’000

Significant 
unobservable 
inputs
(level 3)
£’000

24,449

1,706

–

–

24,449

1,706

–

–

Level 1: Quoted (unadjusted) market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2: Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is directly 
or indirectly observable.

Level 3: Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is 
unobservable.

For assets and liabilities that are recognised in the consolidated financial statements on a recurring basis, the Group 
determines whether transfers have occurred between levels in the hierarchy by reassessing categorisation at the end of 
each reporting period.

There have been no transfers between levels during the year.

29.2. Risk management
The Group is exposed to market risk (including interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Board of Directors 
oversees the management of these risks. The Board of Directors reviews and agrees policies for managing each of these 
risks that are summarised below.

29.3. Market risk
Market risk is the risk that the fair values of financial instruments will fluctuate because of changes in market prices. The 
financial instruments held by the Group that are affected by market risk are principally the Group’s bank balances along 
with a number of interest rate swaps entered into to mitigate interest rate risk.

The Group’s interest rate risk arises from long–term borrowings issued at variable rates, which expose the Group to cash 
flow interest rate risk. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the Group to fair value interest rate risk. The Group 
manages its cash flow interest rate risk by using floating to fixed interest rate swaps, interest rate caps and interest rate 
swaps. Interest rate swaps have the economic effect of converting borrowings from floating rates to fixed rates. Interest 
rate caps limit the exposure to a known level.

If interest rates were to increase by the following rates, this would increase the annual interest charge to the Group and 
thus reduce profits and net assets as follows:

Interest rate increase

0.00%

0.25%

0.50%

0.75%

1.00%

Increase to the annual interest charge

31 December 
2022
£’000

31 December 
2021 
£’000 

–

–

–

–

–

–

208

415

559

671

158

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR 
THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022 CONTINUED

29.4. Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not meet its obligations under a financial instrument or customer contract, 
leading to a financial loss. The Group is exposed to credit risk from both its leasing activities and financing activities, 
including deposits with banks and financial institutions. Credit risk is mitigated by tenants being required to pay rentals 
in advance under their lease obligations. The credit quality of the tenant is assessed based on an extensive credit rating 
scorecard at the time of entering into a lease agreement.

Outstanding trade receivables are regularly monitored. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the 
carrying value of each class of financial asset.

29.5. Credit risk related to trade receivables
Trade receivables, primarily tenant rentals, are presented in the Group’s Statement of Financial Position net of 
provisions for impairment. Credit risk is primarily managed by requiring tenants to pay rentals in advance and 
performing tests around strength of covenant prior to acquisition. 

29.6. Credit risk related to financial instruments and cash deposits
One of the principal credit risks of the Group arises with the banks and financial institutions. The Board of Directors 
believes that the credit risk on short–term deposits and current account cash balances is limited because the 
counterparties are banks, who are committed lenders to the Group, with high credit ratings assigned by international 
credit–rating agencies.

The list of bankers for the Group, with their latest Fitch credit ratings, was as follows:

Bankers

Barclays Bank Plc

Royal Bank of Scotland

Bank of Scotland plc

Santander UK

Aviva

Scottish Widows Limited

29.7. Liquidity risk

Fitch Ratings

A+ Stable

A+ Stable

A+ Stable

A+ Stable

A+ Stable

A Stable

Liquidity risk arises from the Group’s management of working capital and, going forward, the finance charges and 
principal repayments on its borrowings. It is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in meeting its financial 
obligations as they fall due, as the majority of the Group’s assets are investment properties and are therefore not readily 
realisable. The Group’s objective is to ensure that it has sufficient available funds for its operations and to fund its capital 
expenditure. This is achieved by continuous monitoring of forecast and actual cash flows by management.

The table below summarises the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities based on contractual  
undiscounted payments:

Within 
1 year
£’000

Between 
1 and 2 years
£’000

Between 
2 and 5 years
£’000

–

–

(36,741)

(16,300)

3,158

(2,250)

(435)

3,158

(52,250)

(435)

6,448

–

(1,305)

(52,568)

(65,827)

(325,780)

After 
5 years
£’000

–

1,333

–

(29,109)

(133,881)

(16,300)

(330,923)

(106,105)

Total
£’000

(36,741)

(469,628)

14,097

(54,500)

(31,284)

(578,056)

Group at 31 December 2022

Trade and other payables

Bank borrowings

Interest rate derivatives

Retail eligible bonds

Lease liability

159

Group at 31 December 2021

Trade and other payables

Bank borrowings

Interest rate derivatives

Retail eligible bonds

Lease liability

Within 
1 year
£’000

Between 
1 and 2 years
£’000

Between 
2 and 5 years
£’000

–

–

(38,391)

(11,333)

(1,076)

(2,250)

(648)

(11,333)

(160,167)

(274,447)

(1,076)

(2,250)

(648)

(3,010)

(52,250)

(1,943)

After 
5 years
£’000

–

(1,048)

–

(47,668)

(323,163)

Total
£’000

(38,391)

(457,280)

(6,210)

(56,750)

(50,907)

(609,538)

(53,698)

(15,307)

(217,370)

The maturity dates of all bank borrowings are disclosed in note 22.

The maturity date of the retail eligible bonds is disclosed in note 23.

The range of maturity dates of the lease liability payments is between 4 and 130 years.

30. Capital management
The primary objective of the Group’s capital management is to ensure that it remains a going concern and continues to 
qualify for UK REIT status.

The Group’s capital is represented by reserves and bank borrowings. The Board, with the assistance of the Investment 
and Asset Managers, monitors and reviews the Group’s capital so as to promote the long–term success of the business, 
facilitate expansion, deliver a quarterly dividend distribution and to maintain sustainable returns for Shareholders.

The Group’s policy on borrowings is as follows: the level of borrowing will be on a prudent basis for the asset class and 
will seek to achieve a low cost of funds, while maintaining flexibility in the underlying security requirements and the 
structure of both the portfolio and of Regional REIT.

Based on current market conditions, the Board will target Group net borrowings of 40% of Investment Property Values 
at any time. However, the Board may modify the Group’s borrowing policy (including the level of gearing) from time to 
time in light of then–current economic conditions, relative costs of debt and equity capital, fair value of the Company’s 
assets, growth and acquisition opportunities or other factors the Board deems appropriate.

The optimal debt financing structure for the Group will have consideration for key metrics including: fixed or floating 
interest rate charged, debt type, maturity profile, substitution rights, covenant and security requirements, lender type, 
diversity and the lender’s knowledge and relationship with the property sector.

31. Operating leases
The future minimum lease payments receivable under non–cancellable operating leases in respect of the Group’s 
property portfolio are as follows:

Group

Receivable within 1 year

Receivable between 1–2 years

Receivable between 2–5 years

Receivable after 5 years

31 December 
2022
£’000

31 December 
2021 
£’000 

55,898

42,673

74,718

46,122

219,411

56,503

43,349

56,017

31,267

187,136

The Group has in excess of 1,030 operating leases.

The number of years remaining on these operating leases varies between 1 and 87 years. The amounts disclosed above 
represent total rental income receivable up to the next lease break point on each lease. If a tenant wishes to end a lease 
prior to the break point, a surrender premium will be charged to cover the shortfall in rental income received.

160

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR 
THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022 CONTINUED

32. Segmental information
After a review of the information provided for management purposes, it was determined that the Group has one 
operating segment and therefore segmental information is not disclosed in these consolidated financial statements.

33. Transactions with related parties
Transactions with the Directors

Directors’ remuneration is disclosed within the Remuneration Report on page 116 and note 8 to the financial statements. 
Directors’ beneficial interests in the Ordinary Shares of the Company are disclosed within the Directors’ Report. 

Transactions with the Asset Manager, London & Scottish Property Investment Management Limited, and the  
Property Manager, London & Scottish Property Asset Management Limited.

Stephen Inglis is a non–executive Director of Regional REIT Limited, as well as being the chief executive officer of London 
& Scottish Property Investment Management Limited (“LSPIM”) and a director of London & Scottish Property Asset 
Management Limited. The former company has been contracted to act as the Asset Manager of the Group and the latter 
as the Property Manager.

In consideration for the provision of services provided, the Asset Manager is entitled in each financial year (or part 
thereof) to 50% of an annual management fee on a scaled rate. Following a review by the Management Engagement and 
Remuneration Committee and having sought advice from Peel Hunt LLP, the Company’s Financial Adviser and Broker, 
the Company and the Asset and Investment Managers agreed to amend the terms of the annual management fees 
charged to: (i) 1.1% of the EPRA NTA up to and equal to £500,000,000; (ii) 0.9% of EPRA NTA above £500,000,000 and up 
to or equal to £1,000,000,000; (iii) 0.7% of EPRA NTA above £1,000,000,000 and up to or equal to £1,500,000,000; and (iv) 
0.5% of EPRA NTA above £1,500,000,000. Previously the annual management fee charged was on a scaled rate of 1.1% of 
the Company’s EPRA NTA, reducing to 0.9% on net assets over £500,000,000. The fee shall be payable in cash quarterly 
in arrears.

In respect of each portfolio property, the Asset Manager has procured and shall, with the Company in the future, 
procure that London & Scottish Property Asset Management Limited is appointed as the Property Manager. A property 
management fee of 4% per annum is charged by the Property Manager on a quarterly basis: 31 March, 30 June, 
30 September, and 31 December, based upon the gross rental yield. Gross rental yield means the rents due under the 
property’s lease for the peaceful enjoyment of the property, including any value paid in respect of rental renunciations 
but excluding any sums paid in connection with service charges or insurance costs.

The Asset Manager is also entitled to a performance fee. Details of the performance fee are given below.

The following tables show the fees charged in the year and the amount outstanding at the end of the year:

Year ended
31 December 
2022
£’000

2,691

3,044

5,735

31 December 
2022
£’000

1,642

Year ended 
31 December 
2021 
£’000 

2,326

2,495

4,821

31 December 
2021 
£’000 

1,350

Asset management fees charged*

Property management fees charged*

Total

Total fees outstanding 

* Including irrecoverable VAT charged where appropriate.

161

Transactions with the Investment Manager, Toscafund Asset Management LLP

Tim Bee is a non–executive Director of the Company, as well as being Chief Legal Counsel of the Investment Manager.

In consideration for the provision of services provided, the Investment Manager is entitled in each financial year (or part 
thereof) to 50% of an annual management fee on a scaled rate. Following a review by the Management Engagement and 
Remuneration Committee and having sought advice from Peel Hunt LLP, the Company’s Financial Adviser and Broker, 
the Company and the Asset and Investment Managers agreed to amend the terms of the annual management fees 
charged to: (i) 1.1% of the EPRA NTA up to and equal to £500,000,000; (ii) 0.9% of EPRA NTA above £500,000,000 and up 
to or equal to £1,000,000,000; (iii) 0.7% of EPRA NTA above £1,000,000,000 and up to or equal to £1,500,000,000; and (iv) 
0.5% of EPRA NTA above £1,500,000,000. Previously the annual management fee charged was on a scaled rate of 1.1% of 
the Company’s EPRA NTA, reducing to 0.9% on net assets over £500,000,000. The fee shall be payable in cash quarterly 
in arrears.

The Investment Manager is also entitled to a performance fee. Details of the performance fee are given below.

The following tables show the fees charged in the year and the amount outstanding at the end of the year:

Investment management fees charged

Total

Total fees outstanding 

Performance Fee

Year ended
31 December 
2022
£’000

2,687

2,687

31 December 
2022
£’000

524

Year ended 
31 December 
2021 
£’000 

2,326

2,326

31 December 
2021 
£’000 

593

The Asset Manager and the Investment Manager are each entitled to 50% of a performance fee. The fee is calculated at 
a rate of 15% of the total Shareholder return in excess of the hurdle rate of 8% per annum for the relevant performance 
period. Total Shareholder return for any financial year consists of the sum of any increase or decrease in EPRA NTV 
per Ordinary Share and the total dividends per Ordinary Share declared in the financial year. A performance fee is only 
payable in respect of a performance period where the EPRA NTV per Ordinary Share exceeds the high–water mark 
which is equal to the greater of the highest year–end EPRA NTV Ordinary Share in any previous performance period. The 
performance fee was calculated initially on 31 December 2018 and is assessed annually thereafter. 

The performance fees are now payable 34% in cash and 66% in Ordinary Shares, at the prevailing price per share, with 
50% of the Shares locked–in for one year and 50% of the Shares locked–in for two years.

No performance fee has been earned for the years ending 31 December 2022 or 31 December 2021.

34. Subsequent Events
On 23 February 2023, the Company declared the Q4 2022 dividend of 1.65pps, which will be paid to shareholders on 
6 April 2023.

162

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
EPRA Performance Measures 

Notes to the Calculation of EPRA Performance Measures 

Property Related Capital Expenditure Analysis 

Other Performance Measures 

Glossary of Terms 

AIFMD Disclosures 

Company Information 

Forthcoming Events 

Shareholder Information 

Dividend History 

165

166

169

169

170

173

174

175

175

176

163

164

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022EPRA PERFORMANCE MEASURES 

The Group is a member of the European Public Real Estate Association (“EPRA”).

EPRA has developed and defined the following performance measures to give transparency, comparability and 
relevance of financial reporting across entities which may use different accounting standards. The Group is pleased to 
disclose the following measures which are calculated in accordance with EPRA guidance:

EPRA Performance 
Measure

Definition

EPRA 
Performance 
Measure

Year ended
31 December 
2022

Year ended 
31 December 
2021 

EPRA EARNINGS

Earnings from operational activities.

EPRA Earnings

£34,066,000

£30,383,000

The EPRA NAV set of metrics make adjustments to the NAV per the IFRS financial statements to provide stakeholders with the most relevant information 
on the fair value of the assets and liabilities of a real estate investment company, under different scenarios.

EPRA Net Reinstatement Value

EPRA NAV metric which assumes that entities 
never sell assets and aims to represent the value 
required to rebuild the entity.

EPRA Net 
Reinstatement Value

£379,192,000

£501,400,000

EPRA Earnings per 
Share (basic and 
diluted

6.6p

6.6p

EPRA Net Tangible Assets

EPRA NAV metric which assumes that entities buy 
and sell assets, thereby crystallising certain levels 
of unavoidable deferred tax.

EPRA Net Disposal Value

EPRA Net Initial Yield (NIY)

EPRA ‘Topped-up’ NIY

EPRA Vacancy Rate

EPRA Costs Ratio

EPRA NAV metric which represents the 
Shareholders’ value under a disposal scenario, 
where deferred tax, financial instruments and 
certain other adjustments are calculated to the 
full extent of their liability, net of any resulting 
tax.

Annualised rental income based on the cash 
rents passing at the balance sheet date, less 
non-recoverable property operating expenses, 
divided by the market value of the property with 
(estimated) purchasers’ costs.

This measure incorporates an adjustment to the 
EPRA NIY in respect of the expiration of rent-free-
periods (or other unexpired lease incentives such 
as discounted rent periods and stepped rents).

EPRA Net 
Reinstatement Value 
per Share (diluted)

EPRA Net Tangible 
Assets

EPRA Net Tangible 
Assets per Share 
(diluted)

EPRA Net Disposal 
Value

EPRA Net Disposal 
Value per Share 
(diluted)

73.5p

97.2p

£379,192,000

£501,400,000

73.5p

97.2p

£422,226,000

£497,312,000

81.9p

96.4p

EPRA Net Initial Yield

6.4%

5.7%

EPRA ‘Topped-up’ Net 
Initial Yield

7.2%

6.2%

Estimated Market Rental Value (ERV) of vacancy 
space divided by ERV of the whole portfolio.

EPRA Vacancy Rate

Administrative and operating costs (including 
and excluding costs of direct vacancy) divided by 
gross rental income.

EPRA Costs Ratio

EPRA Costs Ratio 

(excluding direct 
vacancy costs)

16.6%

32.8%

16.2%

18.2%

31.2%

16.8%

EPRA LTV 

Debt divided by the market value of property 

EPRA LTV

52.8%

45.6%

EPRA BPR Awards

2022

The Company was pleased to be recognised by EPRA for a fifth consecutive year and be 
granted an EPRA BPR Gold Award in respect of the Company’s compliance with EPRA’s Best 
Practices Recommendations for financial reporting of listed property companies.

165

NOTES TO THE CALCULATION OF EPRA  
PERFORMANCE MEASURES

1.  EPRA earnings

For calculations, please refer to note 12 to the financial statements.

2.  EPRA Net Reinstatement Value

NAV per the financial statements

Fair value of derivative financial instruments

Deferred tax liability

EPRA Net Reinstatement Value

Dilutive number of Shares

EPRA Net Reinstatement Value per Share

3.  EPRA Net Tangible Assets

NAV per the financial statements

Fair value of derivative financial instruments

Deferred tax liability

EPRA Net Tangible Assets

Dilutive number of Shares

EPRA Net Tangible Assets per Share

31 December 
2022

31 December 
2021 

402,942

(24,449)

699

379,192

502,401

(1,706)

705

501,400

515,736,583

515,736,583

73.5p

97.2p

31 December 
2022

31 December 
2021 

402,942

(24,449)

699

379,192

502,401

(1,706)

705

501,400

515,736,583

515,736,583

73.5p

97.2p

166

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022NOTES TO THE CALCULATION OF  
EPRA PERFORMANCE MEASURES CONTINUED

4.  EPRA Net Disposal Value

NAV per the financial statements

Adjustment for the fair value of bank borrowings

Adjustment for the fair value of retail eligible bonds

EPRA Net Disposal Value

Dilutive number of Shares

EPRA Net Disposal Value per Share

5.  EPRA Net Initial Yield
Calculated as the value of investment properties divided by annualised net rents:

Investment properties

Purchaser costs

Annualised cash passing rental income

Property outgoings

Annualised net rents

Add notional rent expiration of rent-free periods or other lease 
incentives

Topped-up net annualised rent

EPRA NIY

EPRA topped up NIY

6.  EPRA Vacancy Rate

Estimated Market Rental Value (ERV) of vacant space

Estimated Market Rental Value (ERV) of whole portfolio

EPRA Vacancy Rate

31 December 
2022

31 December 
2021 

402,942

18,867

417

422,226

502,401

(3,899)

(1,190)

497,312

515,736,583

515,736,583

81.9p

96.4p

31 December 
2022

31 December 
2021 

789,480

51,993

841,473

63,687

(9,705)

53,982

6,402

60,384

6.4%

7.2%

906,149

59,973

966,122

67,095

(11,822)

55,273

4,961

60,234

5.7%

6.2%

31 December 
2022

31 December 
2021 

14,579

87,652

16.6%

16,095

88,375

18.2%

167

7.  EPRA Cost Ratios

Property costs

Less recoverable service charge income and other similar costs

Add administrative and other expenses

EPRA costs (including direct vacancy costs)

Direct vacancy costs

EPRA costs (excluding direct vacancy costs)

Gross rental income

Less recoverable service charge income and other similar items

Gross rental income less ground rents

EPRA Cost Ratio (including direct vacancy costs)

EPRA Cost Ratio (excluding direct vacancy costs)

Year ended
31 December 
2022

Year ended 
31 December 
2021 

30,672

(16,999)

11,421

25,094

(12,712)

12,382

93,318

(16,999)

76,319

32.8%

16.2%

24,075

(14,145)

10,583

20,513

(9,468)

11,045

79,899

(14,145)

65,754

31.2%

16.8%

The Group has not capitalised any overhead or operating expenses in the accounting years disclosed above.

8.  EPRA LTV

Borrowings from financial institutions

Bond loans

Net payables

Cash held by solicitors

Cash and cash equivalents

Net debt

Investment properties at fair value

Financial Assets - loans

Total property values

EPRA LTV

Calculation of net payables

Trade receivables – current

Less cash held by solicitors

Less tenant loans

Current liabilities

Right of use asset

Finance lease liabilities

Net payables

31 December 
2022
£’000

31 December 
2021 
£’000

390,792

50,000

26,888

–

(50,148)

417,532

789,480

770

790,250

52.8%

30,274

–

(192)

(56,591)

11,126

(11,505)

(26,888)

389,937

50,000

29,589

(66)

(56,128)

413,332

906,149

1,011

907,160

45.6%

29,404

(66)

(192)

(58,422)

16,482

(16,795)

(29,589)

168

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022PROPERTY RELATED CAPITAL EXPENDITURE ANALYSIS 

Acquisitions

Development

Investment properties

Incremental lettable space

No incremental lettable space

Tenant incentives

Other material non-allocated types of expenditure

Capitalised interest

Total capital expenditure

Conversion from accruals to cash basis

Total capital expenditure on cash basis

31 December 
2022

79,270

31 December 
2021 

251,431

–

–

–

–

10,017

6,816

–

–

–

89,287

–

89,287

–

–

–

258,247

–

258,247

Acquisitions – this represents the purchase cost of investment properties and associated incidental purchase expenses 
such as stamp duty land tax, legal fees, agents’ fees, valuations and surveys.

Subsequent capital expenditure – this represents capital expenditure which has taken place post the initial acquisition of 
an investment property.

OTHER PERFORMANCE MEASURES

Net LTV

Borrowings from financial institutions

Bond loans

Cash held by solicitors

Cash and cash equivalents

Net debt

Investment properties at fair value

EPRA LTV

31 December 
2022
£’000

31 December 
2021
£’000 

390,792

50,000

–

(50,148)

390,644

789,480

49.5%

389,937

50,000

(66)

(56,128)

383,743

906,149

42.4%

169

GLOSSARY OF TERMS 

AIC – Association of Investment Companies. A trade body 
for closed-end investment companies (www.theaic.co.uk).

AIF – Alternative Investment Fund.

AIFMD – Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive. 
Issued by the European Parliament in 2012 and 2013, the 
Directive requires the Company to appoint an Alternative 
Investment Fund Manager (AIFM). The Board of Directors 
of a closed-ended investment company nevertheless 
remains fully responsible for all aspects of the Company’s 
strategy, operations and compliance with regulations.

AIFM – Alternative Investment Fund Manager. The entity 
which ensures the Company complies with the AIFMD. The 
Company’s AIFM is Toscafund Asset Management LLP.

Alternative Performance Measures (APMs) – APMs are 
key performance indicators used by the Board to assess 
the Company’s performance. 

Auditor – RSM UK Audit LLP.

Board – the Board of Directors of the Company.

Borrowings – aggregate amount of total drawn bank 
facilities and the retail eligible bond.

Break Option – a clause in a lease which provides the 
landlord or tenant with an ability to terminate the lease 
before its contractual expiry date.

CAPEX – capital expenditure relates to spend used by the 
organisation to maintain or upgrade physical assets.

Company – Regional REIT Limited  
(Company Number 60527).

Core Plus Property – growth and income properties 
with the ability to increase cash flows through asset 
management initiatives.

Core Property – stable income properties with low risk. 

Directors – the Directors of the Company whose names 
are set out on pages 87 and 88.

EPC – Energy Performance Certificate.

EPRA – European Public Real Estate Association, a  
real estate industry body, which has issued Best  
Practice Recommendations to provide consistency  
and transparency in real estate financial reporting  
across Europe.

EPRA Cost Ratio – ratio of overheads and operating 
expenses against gross rental income. Net overheads 
and operating expenses relate to all administrative and 
operating expenses including the share of joint ventures’ 
overheads and operating expenses, net of any service 
fees, recharges or other income specifically intended to 
cover overhead and property expenses.

EPRA Dividend Cover – EPRA earnings per Share divided 
by the dividend per Share.

EPRA Earnings – profit after taxation excluding 
investments and development property revaluations and 
gains/losses on disposals, changes in the fair value of 
financial instruments and associated close-out costs and 
their related taxation.

EPRA LTV – EPRA Loan-To-Value is calculated as debt 
(including net payables) divided by market value of 
property as defined in the EPRA Best Practice Guildlines.

EPRA Net Asset Value (EPRA NAV) – IFRS assets excluding 
the mark-to-market on effective cash flow hedges 
and related debt instruments and deferred taxation 
revaluations.

EPRA Net Initial Yield (EPRA NIY) – annualised rental 
income based on the cash rents passing at the balance 
sheet date, less non-recoverable property operating 
expenses, divided by the market value of the property with 
(estimated) purchasers’ costs.

EPRA Net Tangible Assets (EPRA NTA) – EPRA Net Asset 
Value Measure assumes that entities buy and sell assets, 
thereby crystallising certain levels of unavoidable deferred 
tax.

EPRA Occupancy Like for Like – the like-for-like 
movement in EPRA Occupancy against the same period 
in the prior year, on properties owned throughout both 
comparable periods.

EPRA Occupancy Rate – occupancy expressed as a 
percentage being the ERV of let space divided by ERV 
of the whole portfolio. Occupancy Rate should only be 
calculated for all completed properties but excluding those 
properties which are under development.

EPRA “Topped Up” Net Initial Yield – this measure 
incorporates an adjustment to the EPRA NIY in respect 
of the expiration of rent-free periods (or other unexpired 
lease incentives such as discounted rent periods and 
stepped rents).

EPRA Total Return – the movement in EPRA NTA plus the 
dividend distributions paid during the period, expressed 
as a percentage of the EPRA NTA at the beginning of the 
period.

EPRA Vacancy Rate – occupancy expressed as a 
percentage being the ERV of vacant space divided by 
ERV of the whole portfolio. Vacancy Rate should only be 
calculated for all completed properties but excluding those 
properties which are under development.

Equivalent Yield – weighted average of the initial yield 
and reversionary yield, representing the return that a 
property will produce based on the occupancy data of the 
tenant leases.

ESG – Environmental, Social and Corporate Governance 
refers to the three central factors in measuring the 
sustainability and societal impact of an investment in a 
company or business.

170

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022GLOSSARY OF TERMS  
CONTINUED

Estimated Rental Value (ERV) or Market Rent (MR) 
– external valuers’ opinion as to what the open market 
rental value of the property is on the valuation date 
and which could reasonably be expected to be the rent 
obtainable on a new letting of that property on the 
valuation date.

External Valuer – independent external valuer 
of a property. The Company’s external valuer is 
Cushman & Wakefield.

Fair Value Adjustment – accounting adjustment to 
change the book value of an asset or liability to its 
market value.

GRESB – the Global Real Estate Sustainability Benchmark. 
The assessment is the investor-driven global ESG 
benchmark and reporting framework for listed property 
companies, private property funds, developers and 
investors that invest directly in real estate.

Gross Asset Value – the aggregate value of the total 
assets of the Company as determined in accordance with 
the accounting principles adopted by the Company from 
time to time.

Gross Investment Property Assets – investment 
properties encompassing the entire property portfolio of 
freehold and leasehold assets. 

Gross Loan-to-Value (LTV) Ratio – (Borrowings)/
(Investment Properties Value), expressed as a percentage.

Gross Rental Income – see Rent Roll.

Group – Regional REIT Limited and its subsidiaries.

IAS – an international accounting standard established by 
the International Accounting Standards Board.

IPO – Initial Public Offering. The Company’s admission to 
the London Stock Exchange was on 6 November 2015.

ISA – Individual Savings Account.

Law – The Companies (Guernsey) Law 2008, as amended.

Lease – legally binding contract between a landlord and 
a tenant which sets out the basis on which the tenant is 
permitted to occupy a property, including the lease length.

Lease Incentive – payment used to encourage a 
tenant to take on a new lease; for example, a landlord 
paying a tenant a sum of money to contribute to the 
cost of a tenant’s fit-out of a property or by allowing a 
rent-free period.

Lease Re-gear – renegotiation of a lease during the term 
and often linked to another lease event; for example, a 
Break Option or Rent Review.

Lease Renewal – renegotiation of a lease with the existing 
tenant at its contractual expiry.

Lease Surrender – agreement whereby the landlord and 
tenant bring a lease to an end other than by contractual 
expiry or the exercise of a Break Option. This will 
frequently involve the negotiation of a surrender premium 
by one party to the other.

LIBOR – London Interbank Offer Rate.

Manager(s) – the Company’s external Asset and Property 
Manager is London & Scottish Property Investment 
Management Limited. Its external Investment Manager is 
Toscafund Asset Management LLP.

Mark-to-Market (MTM) – difference between the book 
value of an asset or liability and its market value.

Net Asset Value (NAV) (or Shareholders’ Funds) (Prior 
EPRA methodology) – the value of the investments 
and other assets of an investment company, plus cash 
and debtors, less borrowings and any other creditors. 
It represents the underlying value of an investment 
company at a point in time.

Net Debt – total cash and cash equivalents less short- and 
long-term debt.

Net Gearing – (Borrowings – cash and cash equivalents)/
(Total Issued Shares + Retained Earnings).

Net Loan-to-Value (LTV) Ratio / Net Borrowings – 
(Borrowings (before debt issuance costs) – less cash)/
(Investment Properties Value) expressed as percentage.

Occupancy Percentage – percentage of the total area of 
all properties and units currently let to tenants.

Ongoing Charges – a measure, expressed as a percentage 
of NAV, of the regular, recurring costs of running an 
investment company, which is calculated in line with  
AIC methodology.

Ordinary Resolution – a resolution passed by more  
than 50 per cent. majority in accordance with the 
Companies Law.

Over Rented – when the Contracted Rent is higher than 
the ERV.

Passing Rent – the rent that is payable at any particular 
time, allowing for lease incentives. This phrase is often 
used for Contracted Rent.

Property Income Distributions (PID) – profits from 
property related business distributed to Shareholders 
which are subject to tax in the hands of the Shareholders 
as property income. PIDs are normally paid net of 
withholding tax, currently at 20%, which the REIT pays to 
the tax authorities on behalf of the Shareholder. Certain 
types of Shareholder (i.e. pension funds) are tax exempt 
and receive PIDs without withholding tax. Property 
companies also pay out normal dividends, called non-PIDs, 
which are treated as not subject to withholding tax.

Prospectus – the Company’s prospectus issued on 
5 December 2017.

171

REIT – a qualifying entity which has elected to be treated 
as Real Estate Investment Trust for tax purposes. In the 
UK such entities must be listed on a recognised stock 
exchange, must be predominately engaged in property 
investments activities and must meet certain ongoing 
qualifications as set out under section 705 E of the  
Finance Act 2013.

Rent Review – periodic review of rent during the term of a 
lease, as provided for within a lease agreement.

Rent Roll – is the contracted gross property rent 
receivable which becomes payable after tenant incentives 
in the letting have expired.

Reversion – expected increase in rent estimated by the 
Company’s External Valuers, where the passing rent is 
below the ERV. The increases to rent arise on rent reviews 
and lettings.

Weighted Average Cost of Debt (WACD) – Group 
borrowings interest and net derivative costs per annum at 
the period end, divided by total Group debt in issue at the 
period end.

Weighted Average Debt Duration (WADD) – is 
calculated by multiplying each tranche of Group debt by 
the remaining period to its maturity, with the sum of the 
results being divided by total Group debt in issue at the 
period end.

Weighted Average Debt to Maturity (WAD) – each 
tranche of Group debt is multiplied by the remaining 
period to its maturity and the result is divided by total 
Group debt in issue at the period end.

Weighted Average Effective Interest Rate – the Group’s 
loan interest and hedging derivative costs per annum 
divided by total Group debt in issue at the period end.

Reversionary Yield – anticipated yield, excluding lease 
expiry, to which the Net Initial Yield will rise (or fall) 
once the rent reaches the Estimated Rental Value. ERV/
Investment Properties Value expressed as a percentage.

Weighted Average Unexpired Lease Term (WAULT) – is 
the average lease term remaining to first break, or expiry, 
across the portfolio weighted by rental income (including 
rent-free). 

Shareholder – a holder of Shares in the Company.

Shares – Ordinary Shares issued by the Company. 

Yield Compression – occurs when the net equivalent yield 
of a property decreases, measured in basis points.

SIPP – self-invested personal pension.

SONIA – Sterling Overnight Index Average.

SSAS – small self–administered scheme.

TCFD – Task Force on Climate-Related Financial 
Disclosures created in 2015 by the Financial Stability 
Board to develop consistent climate-related financial risk 
disclosures for use by companies, banks, and investors in 
providing information to stakeholders.

Total Shareholder Return – the movement in the 
Share price, plus the dividend distributions received and 
reinvested in the period, expressed as percentage of the 
Share price at the beginning of the period.

Triple Net Initial Yield (NNNIY) – (Annualised current 
passing rent net of property related taxes, building 
insurance, and maintenance costs (the three “nets”))/
(Investment Properties Value).

UN SDG – the Sustainable Development Goals or Global 
Goals are a collection of 17 interlinked global goals 
designed to be a “blueprint to achieve a better and more 
sustainable future for all”. The SDGs were set up in 2015 
by the United Nations General Assembly and are intended 
to be achieved by the year 2030.

172

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022Leverage

Leverage is defined in the AIFMD as any method by 
which the Group increases its exposure, whether through 
borrowing of cash or securities, or leverage embedded in 
derivative positions or by any other means.

Leverage has been measured in terms of the Group’s 
exposure and is expressed as a ratio of net asset 
value. The AIFMD requires this ratio to be calculated 
in accordance with both the Gross Method and the 
Commitment Method. Details of these methods of 
calculation can be found by referring to the AIFMD. In 
summary, these methods express leverage as a ratio of 
the exposure of debt, non-sterling currency, equity or 
currency hedging and derivatives exposure against the 
net asset value. The principal difference between the 
two methods is that the Commitment Method enables 
derivative instruments to be netted off to reflect hedging 
arrangements and the exposure is effectively reduced, 
while the Gross Method aggregates the exposure.

The AIFMD introduced a requirement for the AIFM to set 
maximum levels of leverage for the Group. The Company’s 
AIFM has set a maximum limit of 400 for both the Gross 
and Commitment Methods of calculating leverage.

At 31 December 2022, this gives the following figures:

Leverage 
Exposure

Maximum 

Actual

Gross Method

Commitment 
Method

400

259

400

273

In accordance with the AIFMD, any changes to 
the maximum level of leverage set by the Group 
will be communicated via the Group’s website to 
the Shareholders.

AIFMD DISCLOSURES 

The Alternative Investment Fund Managers’ Directive 
(“AIFMD”) requires certain information to be made 
available to investors before they invest in Alternative 
Investment Funds and requires that material changes 
to this information be disclosed in the annual report of 
each AIF. Those disclosures that are required to be made 
pre-investment are included within the Initial Public 
Offering (“IPO”) prospectus and subsequent equity capital 
raise prospectuses, which can be found on the Group’s 
website at: www.regionalreit.com.

Management agreement

With effect from 6 November 2015, the Company 
appointed London & Scottish Investments Limited as  
Asset Manager. Following an internal restructure at 
London and Scottish Investments Limited, the Asset 
Manager agreement has been assigned to London 
and Scottish Property Investment Management 
Limited (“LSPIM”). Toscafund Asset Management LLP 
(“Toscafund” or the “AIFM”) was appointed as the 
Investment Manager. LSPIM and Toscafund each receive 
half of an annual management fee and a performance fee 
may also be payable. For further information, please see 
page 83.

Toscafund was authorised as an Alternative Investment 
Fund Manager by the UK’s Financial Conduct Authority on 
21 July 2014. The AIFM has implemented a remuneration 
policy, which is effective as of 21 July 2014.

Continuing appointment of the AIFM

The Board continually reviews the performance of the 
AIFM. The Board, through its Management Engagement 
and Remuneration Committee, has considered the 
performance of the AIFM and the terms of its engagement. 
It is the opinion of the Board that the continuing 
appointment of the AIFM on the terms agreed is in the 
interests of Shareholders as a whole. The Board believe 
that by calculating the management fee on the basis of 
EPRA NTA, the interests of the AIFM are closely aligned 
with those of the Shareholders.

Principal risks and uncertainties

An explanation of the principal risks and how they are 
managed and the policy and practice with respect to 
financial instruments are contained in note 29 on pages 
157 to 160.

173

COMPANY INFORMATION

Directors
Kevin McGrath (Chairman and Independent Non-Executive Director)

William Eason (Senior Independent Non-Executive Director, Nomination Committee Chairman, Management 
Engagement and Remuneration Committee Chairman)

Daniel Taylor (Independent Non-Executive Director)

Frances Daley (Independent Non-Executive Director, Audit Committee Chairman)

Massy Larizadeh (Independent Non-Executive Director)

Stephen Inglis (Non-Executive Director)

Tim Bee (Non-Executive Director)

Registered office 

Regional REIT Limited

Mont Crevelt House

Bulwer Avenue

St. Sampson

Guernsey

GY2 4LH

Legal Adviser to the Company 

Depositary 

Macfarlanes LLP

20 Cursitor Street

London

EC4A 1LT

Ocorian Depositary (UK) Limited

20 Fenchurch Street

London

EC3M 3BY

Administrator

Public Relations

Jupiter Fund Services Limited 

Buchanan Communications Limited 

Company Secretary 

Mont Crevelt House 

107 Cheapside 

Link Company Matters Limited

Bulwer Avenue 

6th Floor

65 Gresham Street

London

EC2V 7NQ

Asset Manager 

London & Scottish Property 
Investment Management Limited

300 Bath Street

Glasgow

G2 4JR

St. Sampson 

Guernsey 

GY2 4LH

Sub-Administrator 

Link Alternative Fund 
Administrators Limited

Broadwalk House

Southernhay West

Exeter

EX1 1TS

Investment Manager 

Independent Auditor 

Toscafund Asset Management LLP

RSM UK Audit LLP 

5th Floor

15 Marylebone Road

London

NW1 55D

Financial Adviser and Joint Broker

Peel Hunt LLP

7th Floor

100 Liverpool Street

London

EC2M 2AT

Joint Broker

Panmure Gordon

40 Gracechurch Street

London

EC3V 0BT

Third Floor

Centenary House

69 Wellington Street

Glasgow

G2 6HG

Registrar 

Link Market Services  
(Guernsey) Limited

Mont Crevelt House

Bulwer Avenue

St. Sampson

Guernsey

GY2 4LH

London

EC2V 6DN

Property Valuer 

Cushman & Wakefield Debenham 
Tie Leung Limited (trading as 
Cushman & Wakefield)

125 Old Broad Street

London

EC2N 1AR

Tax Adviser

Grant Thornton UK LLP

110 Queen Street

Glasgow

G1 3BX

Regional REIT Limited

ISIN: 
GG00BYV2ZQ34 

SEDOL: 
BYV2ZQ3

Legal Entity Identifier: 
549300D8G4NKLRIKBX73

Company website

www.regionalreit.com 

174

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022FORTHCOMING EVENTS IN 2023

Q1 Trading Update

24 
MAY

Annual General 
Meeting

25 
MAY

Interim Results 
Announcement

12 
SEPT

Q3 Trading Update

9 
NOV

Note: all future dates are provisional and subject to change.

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

Share Register enquiries: Link Group 
Please phone: 0371 664 0300 for any questions about:

•  changing your address or other details;

•  your Shares; 

•  buying and selling Shares.

Calls are charged at the standard geographic rate and 
will vary by provider. Calls outside the United Kingdom 
will be charged at the applicable international rate.  
The Registrar is open between 09:00 and 17:30,  
Monday to Friday, excluding public holidays in  
England and Wales. For Shareholder enquiries,  
please email: shareholderenquiries@linkgroup.co.uk.

175

DIVIDEND HISTORY

Year

Period 

Announcement date

Ex-date

Record date

Payment date

PID

Non-PID

Pence per share

Total dividend 

Q4 2022 23/02/2023

02/03/2023

03/03/2023

06/04/2023

Q3 2022 10/11/2022

17/11/2022

18/11/2022

12/01/2023

Q2 2022 24/08/2022

01/09/2022

02/09/2022

14/10/2022

Q1 2022 25/05/2022

01/06/2022

06/06/2022

15/07/2022

Q4 2021 24/02/2022

03/03/2022

04/03/2022

08/04/2022

Q3 2021 11/11/2021

18/11/2021

19/11/2021

12/01/2022

Q2 2021 26/08/2021

09/09/2021

10/09/2021

15/10/2021

Q1 2021 19/05/2021

27/05/2021

28/05/2021

16/07/2021

Q4 2020 25/02/2021

04/03/2021

05/03/2021

09/04/2021

Q3 2020 12/11/2020

19/11/2020

20/11/2020

08/01/2021

Q2 2020 26/08/2020

03/09/2020  04/09/2020  16/10/2020 

Q1 2020 21/05/2020

04/06/2020

05/06/2020

17/07/2020

Q4 2019 27/02/2020

05/03/2020

06/03/2020

09/04/2020

Q3 2019 14/11/2019

21/11/2019

22/11/2019

19/12/2019

Q2 2019 29/08/2019

05/09/2019

06/09/2019

15/10/2019

Q1 2019 23/05/2019

06/06/2019

07/06/2019

12/07/2019

Q4 2018 21/02/2019

28/02/2019

01/03/2019

11/04/2019

Q3 2018 15/11/2018

22/11/2018

23/11/2018

21/12/2018

Q2 2018 31/08/2018

13/09/2018

14/09/2008

15/10/2018

Q1 2018 17/05/2018

24/05/2018

25/05/2018

13/07/2018

Q4 2017 22/02/2018

01/03/2018

02/03/2018

12/04/2018

Q3 2017 14/11/2017

23/11/2017

24/11/2017

22/12/2017

Q2 2017 31/08/2017

07/09/2017

08/09/2017

13/10/2017

Q1 2017 25/05/2017

08/06/2017

09/06/2017

14/07/2017

Q4 2016 23/02/2017

02/03/2017

03/03/2017

13/04/2017

Q3 2016 17/11/2016

24/11/2016

25/11/2016

22/12/2016

Q2 2016 01/09/2016

08/09/2016

09/09/2016

07/10/2016

Q1 2016 27/05/2016

09/06/2016

10/06/2016

08/07/2016

2
2
0
2

1
2
0
2

0
2
0
2

9
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

1.65

1.65

1.65

1.65

6.60

1.70

1.60

1.60

1.60

6.50

1.50

1.50

1.50

1.90

6.40

2.55

1.90

1.90

1.90

8.25

2.50

1.85

1.85

1.85

8.05

2.21

1.62

1.08

1.26

6.17

2.16

1.63

1.50

1.36

6.65

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.25

0.18

0.72

0.54

1.69

0.24

0.12

0.25

0.39

1.00

1.65

1.65

1.65

1.65

6.60

1.70

1.60

1.60

1.60

6.50

1.50

1.50

1.50

1.90

6.40

2.55

1.90

1.90

1.90

8.25

2.50

1.85

1.85

1.85

8.05

2.45

1.80

1.80

1.80

7.85

2.40

1.75

1.75

1.75

7.65

Q1  

Q2 

Q3  

Q4  

1 Jan to 31 Mar

1 Apr to 30 Jun

1 Jul to 30 Sep

1 Oct to 31 Dec

* Full year represents 06/11/2015 to 31/12/2015

176

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022177

NOTES178

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022179

NOTESANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022Mont Crevelt House, Bulwer Avenue,

St. Sampson, Guernsey GY2 4LH

www.regionalreit.com